Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in bfd
elf32-m68k.c revision 1.10.12.1
      1        1.1     skrll /* Motorola 68k series support for 32-bit ELF
      2  1.10.12.1  pgoyette    Copyright (C) 1993-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
      3        1.1     skrll 
      4        1.1     skrll    This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
      5        1.1     skrll 
      6        1.1     skrll    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
      7        1.1     skrll    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
      8        1.1     skrll    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
      9        1.1     skrll    (at your option) any later version.
     10        1.1     skrll 
     11        1.1     skrll    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     12        1.1     skrll    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     13        1.1     skrll    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
     14        1.1     skrll    GNU General Public License for more details.
     15        1.1     skrll 
     16        1.1     skrll    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
     17        1.1     skrll    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
     18        1.1     skrll    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
     19        1.1     skrll    MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
     20        1.1     skrll 
     21        1.1     skrll #include "sysdep.h"
     22        1.1     skrll #include "bfd.h"
     23        1.1     skrll #include "bfdlink.h"
     24        1.1     skrll #include "libbfd.h"
     25        1.1     skrll #include "elf-bfd.h"
     26        1.1     skrll #include "elf/m68k.h"
     27        1.1     skrll #include "opcode/m68k.h"
     28        1.1     skrll 
     29        1.4  christos static bfd_boolean
     30        1.4  christos elf_m68k_discard_copies (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
     31        1.1     skrll 
     32        1.4  christos static reloc_howto_type howto_table[] =
     33        1.4  christos {
     34  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_NONE,	  0, 3, 0, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont,	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_NONE",	  FALSE, 0, 0x00000000,FALSE),
     35  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_32,	  0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_32",	  FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     36  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_16,	  0, 1,16, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_16",	  FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,FALSE),
     37  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_8,	  0, 0, 8, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_8",	  FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,FALSE),
     38  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_PC32,	  0, 2,32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PC32",	  FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,TRUE),
     39  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_PC16,	  0, 1,16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PC16",	  FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,TRUE),
     40  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_PC8,	  0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PC8",	  FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,TRUE),
     41  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT32,	  0, 2,32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT32",	  FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,TRUE),
     42  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT16,	  0, 1,16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT16",	  FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,TRUE),
     43  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT8,	  0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT8",	  FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,TRUE),
     44  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT32O,	  0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT32O",	  FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     45  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT16O,	  0, 1,16, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed,	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT16O",	  FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,FALSE),
     46  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT8O,	  0, 0, 8, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed,	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT8O",	  FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,FALSE),
     47  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT32,	  0, 2,32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT32",	  FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,TRUE),
     48  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT16,	  0, 1,16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT16",	  FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,TRUE),
     49  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT8,	  0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT8",	  FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,TRUE),
     50  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT32O,	  0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT32O",	  FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     51  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT16O,	  0, 1,16, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed,	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT16O",	  FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,FALSE),
     52  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT8O,	  0, 0, 8, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed,	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT8O",	  FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,FALSE),
     53  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_COPY,	  0, 0, 0, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont,	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_COPY",	  FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     54  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_GLOB_DAT,	  0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont,	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GLOB_DAT",  FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     55  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_JMP_SLOT,	  0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont,	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_JMP_SLOT",  FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     56  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   HOWTO(R_68K_RELATIVE,	  0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont,	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_RELATIVE",  FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     57        1.1     skrll   /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy.  */
     58        1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT,	/* type */
     59        1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
     60        1.1     skrll 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
     61        1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitsize */
     62        1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
     63        1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
     64        1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
     65        1.1     skrll 	 NULL,			/* special_function */
     66        1.1     skrll 	 "R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT",	/* name */
     67        1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
     68        1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
     69        1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
     70        1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),
     71        1.1     skrll   /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage.  */
     72        1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY,	/* type */
     73        1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
     74        1.1     skrll 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
     75        1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitsize */
     76        1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
     77        1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
     78        1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
     79        1.1     skrll 	 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn, /* special_function */
     80        1.1     skrll 	 "R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY",	/* name */
     81        1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
     82        1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
     83        1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
     84        1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),
     85        1.3  christos 
     86        1.3  christos   /* TLS general dynamic variable reference.  */
     87        1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_GD32,	/* type */
     88        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
     89        1.3  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
     90        1.3  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
     91        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
     92        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
     93        1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
     94        1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
     95        1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_GD32",	/* name */
     96        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
     97        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
     98        1.3  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
     99        1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    100        1.3  christos 
    101        1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_GD16,	/* type */
    102        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    103        1.3  christos 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    104        1.3  christos 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    105        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    106        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    107        1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    108        1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    109        1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_GD16",	/* name */
    110        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    111        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    112        1.3  christos 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
    113        1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    114        1.3  christos 
    115        1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_GD8,		/* type */
    116        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    117        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    118        1.3  christos 	 8,			/* bitsize */
    119        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    120        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    121        1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    122        1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    123        1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_GD8",	/* name */
    124        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    125        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    126        1.3  christos 	 0x000000ff,		/* dst_mask */
    127        1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    128        1.3  christos 
    129        1.3  christos   /* TLS local dynamic variable reference.  */
    130        1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDM32,	/* type */
    131        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    132        1.3  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    133        1.3  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    134        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    135        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    136        1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    137        1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    138        1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDM32",	/* name */
    139        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    140        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    141        1.3  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    142        1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    143        1.3  christos 
    144        1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDM16,	/* type */
    145        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    146        1.3  christos 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    147        1.3  christos 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    148        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    149        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    150        1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    151        1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    152        1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDM16",	/* name */
    153        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    154        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    155        1.3  christos 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
    156        1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    157        1.3  christos 
    158        1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDM8,		/* type */
    159        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    160        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    161        1.3  christos 	 8,			/* bitsize */
    162        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    163        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    164        1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    165        1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    166        1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDM8",	/* name */
    167        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    168        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    169        1.3  christos 	 0x000000ff,		/* dst_mask */
    170        1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    171        1.3  christos 
    172        1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDO32,	/* type */
    173        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    174        1.3  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    175        1.3  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    176        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    177        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    178        1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    179        1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    180        1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDO32",	/* name */
    181        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    182        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    183        1.3  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    184        1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    185        1.3  christos 
    186        1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDO16,	/* type */
    187        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    188        1.3  christos 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    189        1.3  christos 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    190        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    191        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    192        1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    193        1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    194        1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDO16",	/* name */
    195        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    196        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    197        1.3  christos 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
    198        1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    199        1.3  christos 
    200        1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDO8,		/* type */
    201        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    202        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    203        1.3  christos 	 8,			/* bitsize */
    204        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    205        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    206        1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    207        1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    208        1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDO8",	/* name */
    209        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    210        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    211        1.3  christos 	 0x000000ff,		/* dst_mask */
    212        1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    213        1.3  christos 
    214        1.3  christos   /* TLS initial execution variable reference.  */
    215        1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_IE32,	/* type */
    216        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    217        1.3  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    218        1.3  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    219        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    220        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    221        1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    222        1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    223        1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_IE32",	/* name */
    224        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    225        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    226        1.3  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    227        1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    228        1.3  christos 
    229        1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_IE16,	/* type */
    230        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    231        1.3  christos 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    232        1.3  christos 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    233        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    234        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    235        1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    236        1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    237        1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_IE16",	/* name */
    238        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    239        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    240        1.3  christos 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
    241        1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    242        1.3  christos 
    243        1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_IE8,		/* type */
    244        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    245        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    246        1.3  christos 	 8,			/* bitsize */
    247        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    248        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    249        1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    250        1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    251        1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_IE8",	/* name */
    252        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    253        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    254        1.3  christos 	 0x000000ff,		/* dst_mask */
    255        1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    256        1.3  christos 
    257        1.3  christos   /* TLS local execution variable reference.  */
    258        1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LE32,	/* type */
    259        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    260        1.3  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    261        1.3  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    262        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    263        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    264        1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    265        1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    266        1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LE32",	/* name */
    267        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    268        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    269        1.3  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    270        1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    271        1.3  christos 
    272        1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LE16,	/* type */
    273        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    274        1.3  christos 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    275        1.3  christos 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    276        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    277        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    278        1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    279        1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    280        1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LE16",	/* name */
    281        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    282        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    283        1.3  christos 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
    284        1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    285        1.3  christos 
    286        1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LE8,		/* type */
    287        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    288        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    289        1.3  christos 	 8,			/* bitsize */
    290        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    291        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    292        1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    293        1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    294        1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LE8",	/* name */
    295        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    296        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    297        1.3  christos 	 0x000000ff,		/* dst_mask */
    298        1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    299        1.3  christos 
    300        1.3  christos   /* TLS GD/LD dynamic relocations.  */
    301        1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32,	/* type */
    302        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    303        1.3  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    304        1.3  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    305        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    306        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    307        1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    308        1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    309        1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32",	/* name */
    310        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    311        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    312        1.3  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    313        1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    314        1.3  christos 
    315        1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32,	/* type */
    316        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    317        1.3  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    318        1.3  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    319        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    320        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    321        1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    322        1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    323        1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32",	/* name */
    324        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    325        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    326        1.3  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    327        1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    328        1.3  christos 
    329        1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_TPREL32,	/* type */
    330        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    331        1.3  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    332        1.3  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    333        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    334        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    335        1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    336        1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    337        1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_TPREL32",	/* name */
    338        1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    339        1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    340        1.3  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    341        1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    342        1.1     skrll };
    343        1.1     skrll 
    344        1.1     skrll static void
    345        1.3  christos rtype_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
    346        1.1     skrll {
    347        1.3  christos   unsigned int indx = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
    348        1.3  christos 
    349        1.3  christos   if (indx >= (unsigned int) R_68K_max)
    350        1.3  christos     {
    351  1.10.12.1  pgoyette       /* xgettext:c-format */
    352  1.10.12.1  pgoyette       _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: invalid relocation type %d"),
    353  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 			  abfd, (int) indx);
    354        1.3  christos       indx = R_68K_NONE;
    355        1.3  christos     }
    356        1.3  christos   cache_ptr->howto = &howto_table[indx];
    357        1.1     skrll }
    358        1.1     skrll 
    359        1.1     skrll #define elf_info_to_howto rtype_to_howto
    360        1.1     skrll 
    361        1.1     skrll static const struct
    362        1.1     skrll {
    363        1.1     skrll   bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_val;
    364        1.1     skrll   int elf_val;
    365        1.3  christos }
    366        1.3  christos   reloc_map[] =
    367        1.3  christos {
    368        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_68K_NONE },
    369        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32, R_68K_32 },
    370        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16, R_68K_16 },
    371        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8, R_68K_8 },
    372        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_68K_PC32 },
    373        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL, R_68K_PC16 },
    374        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_68K_PC8 },
    375        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_68K_GOT32 },
    376        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16_GOT_PCREL, R_68K_GOT16 },
    377        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8_GOT_PCREL, R_68K_GOT8 },
    378        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_68K_GOT32O },
    379        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF, R_68K_GOT16O },
    380        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8_GOTOFF, R_68K_GOT8O },
    381        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_68K_PLT32 },
    382        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16_PLT_PCREL, R_68K_PLT16 },
    383        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8_PLT_PCREL, R_68K_PLT8 },
    384        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF, R_68K_PLT32O },
    385        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16_PLTOFF, R_68K_PLT16O },
    386        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8_PLTOFF, R_68K_PLT8O },
    387        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_68K_COPY },
    388        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_68K_GLOB_DAT, R_68K_GLOB_DAT },
    389        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_68K_JMP_SLOT, R_68K_JMP_SLOT },
    390        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_68K_RELATIVE, R_68K_RELATIVE },
    391        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_68K_32 },
    392        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT },
    393        1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY },
    394        1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_GD32, R_68K_TLS_GD32 },
    395        1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_GD16, R_68K_TLS_GD16 },
    396        1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_GD8, R_68K_TLS_GD8 },
    397        1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDM32, R_68K_TLS_LDM32 },
    398        1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDM16, R_68K_TLS_LDM16 },
    399        1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDM8, R_68K_TLS_LDM8 },
    400        1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDO32, R_68K_TLS_LDO32 },
    401        1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDO16, R_68K_TLS_LDO16 },
    402        1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDO8, R_68K_TLS_LDO8 },
    403        1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_IE32, R_68K_TLS_IE32 },
    404        1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_IE16, R_68K_TLS_IE16 },
    405        1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_IE8, R_68K_TLS_IE8 },
    406        1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LE32, R_68K_TLS_LE32 },
    407        1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LE16, R_68K_TLS_LE16 },
    408        1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LE8, R_68K_TLS_LE8 },
    409        1.1     skrll };
    410        1.1     skrll 
    411        1.1     skrll static reloc_howto_type *
    412        1.4  christos reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    413        1.4  christos 		   bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
    414        1.1     skrll {
    415        1.1     skrll   unsigned int i;
    416        1.1     skrll   for (i = 0; i < sizeof (reloc_map) / sizeof (reloc_map[0]); i++)
    417        1.1     skrll     {
    418        1.1     skrll       if (reloc_map[i].bfd_val == code)
    419        1.1     skrll 	return &howto_table[reloc_map[i].elf_val];
    420        1.1     skrll     }
    421        1.1     skrll   return 0;
    422        1.1     skrll }
    423        1.1     skrll 
    424        1.1     skrll static reloc_howto_type *
    425        1.1     skrll reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const char *r_name)
    426        1.1     skrll {
    427        1.1     skrll   unsigned int i;
    428        1.1     skrll 
    429        1.1     skrll   for (i = 0; i < sizeof (howto_table) / sizeof (howto_table[0]); i++)
    430        1.1     skrll     if (howto_table[i].name != NULL
    431        1.1     skrll 	&& strcasecmp (howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
    432        1.1     skrll       return &howto_table[i];
    433        1.1     skrll 
    434        1.1     skrll   return NULL;
    435        1.1     skrll }
    436        1.1     skrll 
    437        1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup reloc_type_lookup
    438        1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup reloc_name_lookup
    439        1.1     skrll #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_m68k
    440        1.3  christos #define ELF_TARGET_ID M68K_ELF_DATA
    441        1.1     skrll 
    442        1.1     skrll /* Functions for the m68k ELF linker.  */
    444        1.1     skrll 
    445        1.1     skrll /* The name of the dynamic interpreter.  This is put in the .interp
    446        1.1     skrll    section.  */
    447        1.1     skrll 
    448        1.1     skrll #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
    449        1.1     skrll 
    450        1.1     skrll /* Describes one of the various PLT styles.  */
    451        1.1     skrll 
    452        1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_plt_info
    453        1.1     skrll {
    454        1.1     skrll   /* The size of each PLT entry.  */
    455        1.1     skrll   bfd_vma size;
    456        1.1     skrll 
    457        1.1     skrll   /* The template for the first PLT entry.  */
    458        1.1     skrll   const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
    459        1.1     skrll 
    460        1.1     skrll   /* Offsets of fields in PLT0_ENTRY that require R_68K_PC32 relocations.
    461        1.1     skrll      The comments by each member indicate the value that the relocation
    462        1.1     skrll      is against.  */
    463        1.1     skrll   struct {
    464        1.1     skrll     unsigned int got4; /* .got + 4 */
    465        1.1     skrll     unsigned int got8; /* .got + 8 */
    466        1.1     skrll   } plt0_relocs;
    467        1.1     skrll 
    468        1.1     skrll   /* The template for a symbol's PLT entry.  */
    469        1.1     skrll   const bfd_byte *symbol_entry;
    470        1.1     skrll 
    471        1.1     skrll   /* Offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY that require R_68K_PC32 relocations.
    472        1.1     skrll      The comments by each member indicate the value that the relocation
    473        1.1     skrll      is against.  */
    474        1.1     skrll   struct {
    475        1.1     skrll     unsigned int got; /* the symbol's .got.plt entry */
    476        1.1     skrll     unsigned int plt; /* .plt */
    477        1.1     skrll   } symbol_relocs;
    478        1.1     skrll 
    479        1.1     skrll   /* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY.
    480        1.1     skrll      The stub starts with "move.l #relocoffset,%d0".  */
    481        1.1     skrll   bfd_vma symbol_resolve_entry;
    482        1.1     skrll };
    483        1.1     skrll 
    484        1.1     skrll /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
    485        1.1     skrll 
    486        1.1     skrll #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 20
    487        1.1     skrll 
    488        1.1     skrll /* The first entry in a procedure linkage table looks like this.  See
    489        1.1     skrll    the SVR4 ABI m68k supplement to see how this works.  */
    490        1.1     skrll 
    491        1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_m68k_plt0_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    492        1.1     skrll {
    493        1.1     skrll   0x2f, 0x3b, 0x01, 0x70, /* move.l (%pc,addr),-(%sp) */
    494        1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 2,		  /* + (.got + 4) - . */
    495        1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0xfb, 0x01, 0x71, /* jmp ([%pc,addr]) */
    496        1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 2,		  /* + (.got + 8) - . */
    497        1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0		  /* pad out to 20 bytes.  */
    498        1.1     skrll };
    499        1.1     skrll 
    500        1.1     skrll /* Subsequent entries in a procedure linkage table look like this.  */
    501        1.1     skrll 
    502        1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_m68k_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    503        1.1     skrll {
    504        1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0xfb, 0x01, 0x71, /* jmp ([%pc,symbol@GOTPC]) */
    505        1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 2,		  /* + (.got.plt entry) - . */
    506        1.1     skrll   0x2f, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
    507        1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* + reloc index */
    508        1.1     skrll   0x60, 0xff,		  /* bra.l .plt */
    509        1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0		  /* + .plt - . */
    510        1.1     skrll };
    511  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 
    512  1.10.12.1  pgoyette static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_m68k_plt_info =
    513        1.1     skrll {
    514        1.1     skrll   PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
    515        1.1     skrll   elf_m68k_plt0_entry, { 4, 12 },
    516        1.1     skrll   elf_m68k_plt_entry, { 4, 16 }, 8
    517        1.1     skrll };
    518        1.1     skrll 
    519        1.1     skrll #define ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
    520        1.1     skrll 
    521        1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_isab_plt0_entry[ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    522  1.10.12.1  pgoyette {
    523  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0x20, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    524        1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* + (.got + 4) - . */
    525  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0x2f, 0x3b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l),-(%sp) */
    526  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0x20, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    527        1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* + (.got + 8) - . */
    528  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
    529        1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0xd0,		  /* jmp (%a0) */
    530        1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0x71		  /* nop */
    531        1.1     skrll };
    532        1.1     skrll 
    533        1.1     skrll /* Subsequent entries in a procedure linkage table look like this.  */
    534        1.1     skrll 
    535        1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_isab_plt_entry[ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    536  1.10.12.1  pgoyette {
    537  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0x20, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    538        1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* + (.got.plt entry) - . */
    539  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
    540  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0x4e, 0xd0,		  /* jmp (%a0) */
    541  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0x2f, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
    542  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* + reloc index */
    543  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0x60, 0xff,		  /* bra.l .plt */
    544        1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0		  /* + .plt - . */
    545        1.1     skrll };
    546  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 
    547  1.10.12.1  pgoyette static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_isab_plt_info =
    548        1.1     skrll {
    549        1.1     skrll   ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
    550        1.1     skrll   elf_isab_plt0_entry, { 2, 12 },
    551        1.1     skrll   elf_isab_plt_entry, { 2, 20 }, 12
    552        1.1     skrll };
    553        1.1     skrll 
    554        1.1     skrll #define ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
    555        1.1     skrll 
    556        1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_isac_plt0_entry[ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    557        1.1     skrll {
    558        1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    559        1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* replaced with .got + 4 - . */
    560        1.1     skrll   0x2e, 0xbb, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l),(%sp) */
    561        1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    562        1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* replaced with .got + 8 - . */
    563        1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
    564        1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0xd0,		  /* jmp (%a0) */
    565        1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0x71		  /* nop */
    566        1.1     skrll };
    567        1.1     skrll 
    568        1.1     skrll /* Subsequent entries in a procedure linkage table look like this.  */
    569        1.1     skrll 
    570        1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_isac_plt_entry[ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    571        1.1     skrll {
    572        1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    573        1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* replaced with (.got entry) - . */
    574        1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
    575        1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0xd0,		  /* jmp (%a0) */
    576        1.1     skrll   0x2f, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
    577        1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* replaced with offset into relocation table */
    578  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0x61, 0xff,		  /* bsr.l .plt */
    579        1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0		  /* replaced with .plt - . */
    580        1.1     skrll };
    581  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 
    582  1.10.12.1  pgoyette static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_isac_plt_info =
    583        1.1     skrll {
    584        1.1     skrll   ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
    585        1.1     skrll   elf_isac_plt0_entry, { 2, 12},
    586        1.1     skrll   elf_isac_plt_entry, { 2, 20 }, 12
    587        1.1     skrll };
    588        1.1     skrll 
    589        1.1     skrll #define CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
    590        1.1     skrll /* Procedure linkage table entries for the cpu32 */
    591        1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cpu32_plt0_entry[CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    592        1.1     skrll {
    593  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0x2f, 0x3b, 0x01, 0x70, /* move.l (%pc,addr),-(%sp) */
    594        1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 2,		  /* + (.got + 4) - . */
    595  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0x22, 0x7b, 0x01, 0x70, /* moveal %pc@(0xc), %a1 */
    596  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0, 0, 0, 2,		  /* + (.got + 8) - . */
    597  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0x4e, 0xd1,		  /* jmp %a1@ */
    598        1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* pad out to 24 bytes.  */
    599        1.1     skrll   0, 0
    600        1.1     skrll };
    601        1.1     skrll 
    602        1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cpu32_plt_entry[CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    603        1.1     skrll {
    604  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0x22, 0x7b, 0x01, 0x70,  /* moveal %pc@(0xc), %a1 */
    605  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0, 0, 0, 2,		   /* + (.got.plt entry) - . */
    606  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0x4e, 0xd1,		   /* jmp %a1@ */
    607  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0x2f, 0x3c,		   /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
    608  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0, 0, 0, 0,		   /* + reloc index */
    609  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   0x60, 0xff,		   /* bra.l .plt */
    610        1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,		   /* + .plt - . */
    611        1.1     skrll   0, 0
    612        1.1     skrll };
    613  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 
    614  1.10.12.1  pgoyette static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_cpu32_plt_info =
    615        1.1     skrll {
    616        1.1     skrll   CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
    617        1.1     skrll   elf_cpu32_plt0_entry, { 4, 12 },
    618        1.1     skrll   elf_cpu32_plt_entry, { 4, 18 }, 10
    619        1.1     skrll };
    620        1.1     skrll 
    621        1.1     skrll /* The m68k linker needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it
    622        1.1     skrll    decides to copy in check_relocs for each symbol.  This is so that it
    623        1.1     skrll    can discard PC relative relocs if it doesn't need them when linking
    624        1.1     skrll    with -Bsymbolic.  We store the information in a field extending the
    625        1.1     skrll    regular ELF linker hash table.  */
    626        1.1     skrll 
    627        1.1     skrll /* This structure keeps track of the number of PC relative relocs we have
    628        1.1     skrll    copied for a given symbol.  */
    629        1.1     skrll 
    630        1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied
    631        1.1     skrll {
    632        1.1     skrll   /* Next section.  */
    633        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *next;
    634        1.1     skrll   /* A section in dynobj.  */
    635        1.1     skrll   asection *section;
    636        1.1     skrll   /* Number of relocs copied in this section.  */
    637        1.1     skrll   bfd_size_type count;
    638        1.1     skrll };
    639        1.1     skrll 
    640        1.1     skrll /* Forward declaration.  */
    641        1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry;
    642        1.1     skrll 
    643        1.1     skrll /* m68k ELF linker hash entry.  */
    644        1.1     skrll 
    645        1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry
    646        1.1     skrll {
    647        1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
    648        1.1     skrll 
    649        1.1     skrll   /* Number of PC relative relocs copied for this symbol.  */
    650        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *pcrel_relocs_copied;
    651        1.1     skrll 
    652        1.1     skrll   /* Key to got_entries.  */
    653        1.1     skrll   unsigned long got_entry_key;
    654        1.1     skrll 
    655        1.1     skrll   /* List of GOT entries for this symbol.  This list is build during
    656        1.1     skrll      offset finalization and is used within elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol
    657        1.1     skrll      to traverse all GOT entries for a particular symbol.
    658        1.1     skrll 
    659        1.1     skrll      ??? We could've used root.got.glist field instead, but having
    660        1.1     skrll      a separate field is cleaner.  */
    661        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *glist;
    662        1.1     skrll };
    663        1.1     skrll 
    664        1.1     skrll #define elf_m68k_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
    665        1.1     skrll 
    666        1.1     skrll /* Key part of GOT entry in hashtable.  */
    667        1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key
    668        1.1     skrll {
    669        1.1     skrll   /* BFD in which this symbol was defined.  NULL for global symbols.  */
    670        1.1     skrll   const bfd *bfd;
    671        1.1     skrll 
    672        1.1     skrll   /* Symbol index.  Either local symbol index or h->got_entry_key.  */
    673        1.3  christos   unsigned long symndx;
    674        1.3  christos 
    675        1.3  christos   /* Type is one of R_68K_GOT{8, 16, 32}O, R_68K_TLS_GD{8, 16, 32},
    676        1.3  christos      R_68K_TLS_LDM{8, 16, 32} or R_68K_TLS_IE{8, 16, 32}.
    677        1.3  christos 
    678        1.3  christos      From perspective of hashtable key, only elf_m68k_got_reloc_type (type)
    679        1.3  christos      matters.  That is, we distinguish between, say, R_68K_GOT16O
    680        1.3  christos      and R_68K_GOT32O when allocating offsets, but they are considered to be
    681        1.3  christos      the same when searching got->entries.  */
    682        1.1     skrll   enum elf_m68k_reloc_type type;
    683        1.1     skrll };
    684        1.3  christos 
    685        1.3  christos /* Size of the GOT offset suitable for relocation.  */
    686        1.3  christos enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size { R_8, R_16, R_32, R_LAST };
    687        1.1     skrll 
    688        1.1     skrll /* Entry of the GOT.  */
    689        1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry
    690        1.1     skrll {
    691        1.1     skrll   /* GOT entries are put into a got->entries hashtable.  This is the key.  */
    692        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
    693        1.1     skrll 
    694        1.1     skrll   /* GOT entry data.  We need s1 before offset finalization and s2 after.  */
    695        1.1     skrll   union
    696        1.1     skrll   {
    697        1.1     skrll     struct
    698  1.10.12.1  pgoyette     {
    699        1.1     skrll       /* Number of times this entry is referenced.  */
    700        1.1     skrll       bfd_vma refcount;
    701        1.1     skrll     } s1;
    702        1.1     skrll 
    703        1.1     skrll     struct
    704        1.1     skrll     {
    705  1.10.12.1  pgoyette       /* Offset from the start of .got section.  To calculate offset relative
    706        1.1     skrll 	 to GOT pointer one should subtract got->offset from this value.  */
    707        1.1     skrll       bfd_vma offset;
    708        1.1     skrll 
    709        1.1     skrll       /* Pointer to the next GOT entry for this global symbol.
    710        1.1     skrll 	 Symbols have at most one entry in one GOT, but might
    711        1.1     skrll 	 have entries in more than one GOT.
    712        1.1     skrll 	 Root of this list is h->glist.
    713        1.1     skrll 	 NULL for local symbols.  */
    714        1.1     skrll       struct elf_m68k_got_entry *next;
    715        1.1     skrll     } s2;
    716        1.1     skrll   } u;
    717        1.1     skrll };
    718        1.3  christos 
    719        1.3  christos /* Return representative type for relocation R_TYPE.
    720        1.3  christos    This is used to avoid enumerating many relocations in comparisons,
    721        1.3  christos    switches etc.  */
    722        1.3  christos 
    723        1.3  christos static enum elf_m68k_reloc_type
    724        1.3  christos elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
    725        1.3  christos {
    726        1.3  christos   switch (r_type)
    727        1.3  christos     {
    728        1.3  christos       /* In most cases R_68K_GOTx relocations require the very same
    729        1.3  christos 	 handling as R_68K_GOT32O relocation.  In cases when we need
    730        1.3  christos 	 to distinguish between the two, we use explicitly compare against
    731        1.3  christos 	 r_type.  */
    732        1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT32:
    733        1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT16:
    734        1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT8:
    735        1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT32O:
    736        1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT16O:
    737        1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT8O:
    738        1.3  christos       return R_68K_GOT32O;
    739        1.3  christos 
    740        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
    741        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
    742        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
    743        1.3  christos       return R_68K_TLS_GD32;
    744        1.3  christos 
    745        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
    746        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
    747        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
    748        1.3  christos       return R_68K_TLS_LDM32;
    749        1.3  christos 
    750        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
    751        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
    752        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
    753        1.3  christos       return R_68K_TLS_IE32;
    754        1.3  christos 
    755        1.3  christos     default:
    756        1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
    757        1.3  christos       return 0;
    758        1.3  christos     }
    759        1.3  christos }
    760        1.3  christos 
    761        1.3  christos /* Return size of the GOT entry offset for relocation R_TYPE.  */
    762        1.3  christos 
    763        1.3  christos static enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size
    764        1.3  christos elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
    765        1.3  christos {
    766        1.3  christos   switch (r_type)
    767        1.3  christos     {
    768        1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT32: case R_68K_GOT16: case R_68K_GOT8:
    769        1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT32O: case R_68K_TLS_GD32: case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
    770        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
    771        1.3  christos       return R_32;
    772        1.3  christos 
    773        1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT16O: case R_68K_TLS_GD16: case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
    774        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
    775        1.3  christos       return R_16;
    776        1.3  christos 
    777        1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT8O: case R_68K_TLS_GD8: case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
    778        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
    779        1.3  christos       return R_8;
    780        1.3  christos 
    781        1.3  christos     default:
    782        1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
    783        1.3  christos       return 0;
    784        1.3  christos     }
    785        1.3  christos }
    786        1.3  christos 
    787        1.3  christos /* Return number of GOT entries we need to allocate in GOT for
    788        1.3  christos    relocation R_TYPE.  */
    789        1.3  christos 
    790        1.3  christos static bfd_vma
    791        1.3  christos elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
    792        1.3  christos {
    793        1.3  christos   switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
    794        1.3  christos     {
    795        1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT32O:
    796        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
    797        1.3  christos       return 1;
    798        1.3  christos 
    799        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
    800        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
    801        1.3  christos       return 2;
    802        1.3  christos 
    803        1.3  christos     default:
    804        1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
    805        1.3  christos       return 0;
    806        1.3  christos     }
    807        1.3  christos }
    808        1.3  christos 
    809        1.3  christos /* Return TRUE if relocation R_TYPE is a TLS one.  */
    810        1.3  christos 
    811        1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
    812        1.3  christos elf_m68k_reloc_tls_p (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
    813        1.3  christos {
    814        1.3  christos   switch (r_type)
    815        1.3  christos     {
    816        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD32: case R_68K_TLS_GD16: case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
    817        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM32: case R_68K_TLS_LDM16: case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
    818        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDO32: case R_68K_TLS_LDO16: case R_68K_TLS_LDO8:
    819        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32: case R_68K_TLS_IE16: case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
    820        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LE32: case R_68K_TLS_LE16: case R_68K_TLS_LE8:
    821        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32: case R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32: case R_68K_TLS_TPREL32:
    822        1.3  christos       return TRUE;
    823        1.3  christos 
    824        1.3  christos     default:
    825        1.3  christos       return FALSE;
    826        1.3  christos     }
    827        1.3  christos }
    828        1.1     skrll 
    829        1.1     skrll /* Data structure representing a single GOT.  */
    830        1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_got
    831        1.1     skrll {
    832        1.1     skrll   /* Hashtable of 'struct elf_m68k_got_entry's.
    833        1.1     skrll      Starting size of this table is the maximum number of
    834        1.1     skrll      R_68K_GOT8O entries.  */
    835        1.1     skrll   htab_t entries;
    836        1.3  christos 
    837        1.3  christos   /* Number of R_x slots in this GOT.  Some (e.g., TLS) entries require
    838        1.1     skrll      several GOT slots.
    839        1.3  christos 
    840        1.3  christos      n_slots[R_8] is the count of R_8 slots in this GOT.
    841        1.3  christos      n_slots[R_16] is the cumulative count of R_8 and R_16 slots
    842        1.3  christos      in this GOT.
    843        1.3  christos      n_slots[R_32] is the cumulative count of R_8, R_16 and R_32 slots
    844        1.3  christos      in this GOT.  This is the total number of slots.  */
    845        1.3  christos   bfd_vma n_slots[R_LAST];
    846        1.3  christos 
    847        1.1     skrll   /* Number of local (entry->key_.h == NULL) slots in this GOT.
    848        1.1     skrll      This is only used to properly calculate size of .rela.got section;
    849        1.3  christos      see elf_m68k_partition_multi_got.  */
    850        1.1     skrll   bfd_vma local_n_slots;
    851        1.1     skrll 
    852        1.1     skrll   /* Offset of this GOT relative to beginning of .got section.  */
    853        1.1     skrll   bfd_vma offset;
    854        1.1     skrll };
    855        1.1     skrll 
    856        1.1     skrll /* BFD and its GOT.  This is an entry in multi_got->bfd2got hashtable.  */
    857        1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry
    858        1.1     skrll {
    859        1.1     skrll   /* BFD.  */
    860        1.1     skrll   const bfd *bfd;
    861        1.1     skrll 
    862        1.1     skrll   /* Assigned GOT.  Before partitioning multi-GOT each BFD has its own
    863        1.1     skrll      GOT structure.  After partitioning several BFD's might [and often do]
    864        1.1     skrll      share a single GOT.  */
    865        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
    866        1.1     skrll };
    867        1.1     skrll 
    868        1.1     skrll /* The main data structure holding all the pieces.  */
    869        1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_multi_got
    870        1.1     skrll {
    871        1.1     skrll   /* Hashtable mapping each BFD to its GOT.  If a BFD doesn't have an entry
    872        1.1     skrll      here, then it doesn't need a GOT (this includes the case of a BFD
    873        1.1     skrll      having an empty GOT).
    874        1.1     skrll 
    875        1.1     skrll      ??? This hashtable can be replaced by an array indexed by bfd->id.  */
    876        1.1     skrll   htab_t bfd2got;
    877        1.1     skrll 
    878        1.1     skrll   /* Next symndx to assign a global symbol.
    879        1.1     skrll      h->got_entry_key is initialized from this counter.  */
    880        1.1     skrll   unsigned long global_symndx;
    881        1.1     skrll };
    882        1.1     skrll 
    883        1.1     skrll /* m68k ELF linker hash table.  */
    884        1.1     skrll 
    885        1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table
    886        1.1     skrll {
    887        1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_table root;
    888        1.3  christos 
    889        1.3  christos   /* Small local sym cache.  */
    890        1.1     skrll   struct sym_cache sym_cache;
    891        1.1     skrll 
    892        1.1     skrll   /* The PLT format used by this link, or NULL if the format has not
    893        1.1     skrll      yet been chosen.  */
    894        1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *plt_info;
    895        1.1     skrll 
    896        1.1     skrll   /* True, if GP is loaded within each function which uses it.
    897        1.1     skrll      Set to TRUE when GOT negative offsets or multi-GOT is enabled.  */
    898        1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean local_gp_p;
    899        1.1     skrll 
    900        1.1     skrll   /* Switch controlling use of negative offsets to double the size of GOTs.  */
    901        1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean use_neg_got_offsets_p;
    902        1.1     skrll 
    903        1.1     skrll   /* Switch controlling generation of multiple GOTs.  */
    904        1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean allow_multigot_p;
    905        1.1     skrll 
    906        1.1     skrll   /* Multi-GOT data structure.  */
    907        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_multi_got multi_got_;
    908        1.1     skrll };
    909        1.1     skrll 
    910        1.1     skrll /* Get the m68k ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */
    911        1.1     skrll 
    912        1.3  christos #define elf_m68k_hash_table(p) \
    913        1.3  christos   (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
    914        1.1     skrll   == M68K_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
    915        1.1     skrll 
    916        1.1     skrll /* Shortcut to multi-GOT data.  */
    917        1.1     skrll #define elf_m68k_multi_got(INFO) (&elf_m68k_hash_table (INFO)->multi_got_)
    918        1.1     skrll 
    919        1.1     skrll /* Create an entry in an m68k ELF linker hash table.  */
    920        1.1     skrll 
    921        1.3  christos static struct bfd_hash_entry *
    922        1.3  christos elf_m68k_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
    923        1.3  christos 			    struct bfd_hash_table *table,
    924        1.1     skrll 			    const char *string)
    925        1.1     skrll {
    926        1.1     skrll   struct bfd_hash_entry *ret = entry;
    927        1.1     skrll 
    928        1.1     skrll   /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
    929        1.1     skrll      subclass.  */
    930        1.1     skrll   if (ret == NULL)
    931        1.1     skrll     ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table,
    932        1.1     skrll 			     sizeof (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry));
    933        1.1     skrll   if (ret == NULL)
    934        1.1     skrll     return ret;
    935        1.1     skrll 
    936        1.1     skrll   /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
    937        1.1     skrll   ret = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (ret, table, string);
    938        1.1     skrll   if (ret != NULL)
    939        1.1     skrll     {
    940        1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_hash_entry (ret)->pcrel_relocs_copied = NULL;
    941        1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_hash_entry (ret)->got_entry_key = 0;
    942        1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_hash_entry (ret)->glist = NULL;
    943        1.1     skrll     }
    944        1.1     skrll 
    945        1.1     skrll   return ret;
    946        1.1     skrll }
    947        1.6  christos 
    948        1.6  christos /* Destroy an m68k ELF linker hash table.  */
    949        1.6  christos 
    950        1.6  christos static void
    951        1.6  christos elf_m68k_link_hash_table_free (bfd *obfd)
    952        1.6  christos {
    953        1.6  christos   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *htab;
    954        1.6  christos 
    955        1.6  christos   htab = (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) obfd->link.hash;
    956        1.6  christos 
    957        1.6  christos   if (htab->multi_got_.bfd2got != NULL)
    958        1.6  christos     {
    959        1.6  christos       htab_delete (htab->multi_got_.bfd2got);
    960        1.6  christos       htab->multi_got_.bfd2got = NULL;
    961        1.6  christos     }
    962        1.6  christos   _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (obfd);
    963        1.6  christos }
    964        1.1     skrll 
    965        1.1     skrll /* Create an m68k ELF linker hash table.  */
    966        1.1     skrll 
    967        1.3  christos static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
    968        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
    969        1.1     skrll {
    970        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *ret;
    971        1.1     skrll   bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table);
    972        1.6  christos 
    973        1.1     skrll   ret = (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) bfd_zmalloc (amt);
    974        1.1     skrll   if (ret == (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) NULL)
    975        1.1     skrll     return NULL;
    976        1.1     skrll 
    977        1.1     skrll   if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
    978        1.3  christos 				      elf_m68k_link_hash_newfunc,
    979        1.3  christos 				      sizeof (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry),
    980        1.1     skrll 				      M68K_ELF_DATA))
    981        1.1     skrll     {
    982        1.1     skrll       free (ret);
    983        1.1     skrll       return NULL;
    984        1.6  christos     }
    985        1.1     skrll   ret->root.root.hash_table_free = elf_m68k_link_hash_table_free;
    986        1.1     skrll 
    987        1.1     skrll   ret->multi_got_.global_symndx = 1;
    988        1.1     skrll 
    989        1.1     skrll   return &ret->root.root;
    990        1.1     skrll }
    991        1.1     skrll 
    992        1.1     skrll /* Set the right machine number.  */
    993        1.1     skrll 
    994        1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
    995        1.1     skrll elf32_m68k_object_p (bfd *abfd)
    996        1.1     skrll {
    997        1.1     skrll   unsigned int mach = 0;
    998        1.1     skrll   unsigned features = 0;
    999        1.1     skrll   flagword eflags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
   1000        1.1     skrll 
   1001        1.1     skrll   if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_M68000)
   1002        1.1     skrll     features |= m68000;
   1003        1.1     skrll   else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32)
   1004        1.1     skrll     features |= cpu32;
   1005        1.1     skrll   else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
   1006        1.1     skrll     features |= fido_a;
   1007        1.1     skrll   else
   1008        1.1     skrll     {
   1009        1.1     skrll       switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK)
   1010        1.1     skrll 	{
   1011        1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_NODIV:
   1012        1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfisa_a;
   1013        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1014        1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A:
   1015        1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfhwdiv;
   1016        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1017        1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_PLUS:
   1018        1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_aa|mcfhwdiv|mcfusp;
   1019        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1020        1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B_NOUSP:
   1021        1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_b|mcfhwdiv;
   1022        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1023        1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B:
   1024        1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_b|mcfhwdiv|mcfusp;
   1025        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1026        1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C:
   1027        1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_c|mcfhwdiv|mcfusp;
   1028        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1029        1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C_NODIV:
   1030        1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_c|mcfusp;
   1031        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1032        1.1     skrll 	}
   1033        1.1     skrll       switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_MAC_MASK)
   1034        1.1     skrll 	{
   1035        1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_MAC:
   1036        1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfmac;
   1037        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1038        1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_EMAC:
   1039        1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfemac;
   1040        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1041        1.1     skrll 	}
   1042        1.1     skrll       if (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_FLOAT)
   1043        1.1     skrll 	features |= cfloat;
   1044        1.1     skrll     }
   1045        1.1     skrll 
   1046        1.1     skrll   mach = bfd_m68k_features_to_mach (features);
   1047        1.1     skrll   bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_m68k, mach);
   1048        1.1     skrll 
   1049        1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   1050        1.1     skrll }
   1051        1.3  christos 
   1052        1.3  christos /* Somewhat reverse of elf32_m68k_object_p, this sets the e_flag
   1053        1.3  christos    field based on the machine number.  */
   1054        1.3  christos 
   1055        1.3  christos static void
   1056        1.3  christos elf_m68k_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd,
   1057        1.3  christos 				 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   1058        1.3  christos {
   1059        1.3  christos   int mach = bfd_get_mach (abfd);
   1060        1.3  christos   unsigned long e_flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
   1061        1.3  christos 
   1062        1.3  christos   if (!e_flags)
   1063        1.3  christos     {
   1064        1.3  christos       unsigned int arch_mask;
   1065        1.3  christos 
   1066        1.3  christos       arch_mask = bfd_m68k_mach_to_features (mach);
   1067        1.3  christos 
   1068        1.3  christos       if (arch_mask & m68000)
   1069        1.3  christos 	e_flags = EF_M68K_M68000;
   1070        1.3  christos       else if (arch_mask & cpu32)
   1071        1.3  christos 	e_flags = EF_M68K_CPU32;
   1072        1.3  christos       else if (arch_mask & fido_a)
   1073        1.3  christos 	e_flags = EF_M68K_FIDO;
   1074        1.3  christos       else
   1075        1.3  christos 	{
   1076        1.3  christos 	  switch (arch_mask
   1077        1.3  christos 		  & (mcfisa_a | mcfisa_aa | mcfisa_b | mcfisa_c | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp))
   1078        1.3  christos 	    {
   1079        1.3  christos 	    case mcfisa_a:
   1080        1.3  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_NODIV;
   1081        1.3  christos 	      break;
   1082        1.3  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfhwdiv:
   1083        1.3  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A;
   1084        1.3  christos 	      break;
   1085        1.3  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_aa | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp:
   1086        1.3  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_PLUS;
   1087        1.3  christos 	      break;
   1088        1.3  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_b | mcfhwdiv:
   1089        1.3  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B_NOUSP;
   1090        1.3  christos 	      break;
   1091        1.3  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_b | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp:
   1092        1.3  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B;
   1093        1.3  christos 	      break;
   1094        1.3  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_c | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp:
   1095        1.3  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C;
   1096        1.3  christos 	      break;
   1097        1.3  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_c | mcfusp:
   1098        1.3  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C_NODIV;
   1099        1.3  christos 	      break;
   1100        1.3  christos 	    }
   1101        1.3  christos 	  if (arch_mask & mcfmac)
   1102        1.3  christos 	    e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_MAC;
   1103        1.3  christos 	  else if (arch_mask & mcfemac)
   1104        1.3  christos 	    e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_EMAC;
   1105        1.3  christos 	  if (arch_mask & cfloat)
   1106        1.3  christos 	    e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_FLOAT | EF_M68K_CFV4E;
   1107        1.3  christos 	}
   1108        1.3  christos       elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = e_flags;
   1109        1.3  christos     }
   1110        1.3  christos }
   1111        1.1     skrll 
   1112        1.3  christos /* Keep m68k-specific flags in the ELF header.  */
   1113        1.1     skrll 
   1114        1.4  christos static bfd_boolean
   1115        1.1     skrll elf32_m68k_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
   1116        1.1     skrll {
   1117        1.1     skrll   elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
   1118        1.1     skrll   elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
   1119        1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   1120        1.1     skrll }
   1121        1.1     skrll 
   1122        1.1     skrll /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
   1123        1.1     skrll    object file when linking.  */
   1124  1.10.12.1  pgoyette static bfd_boolean
   1125        1.1     skrll elf32_m68k_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1126  1.10.12.1  pgoyette {
   1127        1.1     skrll   bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
   1128        1.1     skrll   flagword out_flags;
   1129        1.1     skrll   flagword in_flags;
   1130        1.1     skrll   flagword out_isa;
   1131        1.1     skrll   flagword in_isa;
   1132        1.1     skrll   const bfd_arch_info_type *arch_info;
   1133        1.1     skrll 
   1134        1.1     skrll   if (   bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
   1135        1.1     skrll       || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
   1136        1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   1137        1.1     skrll 
   1138        1.1     skrll   /* Get the merged machine.  This checks for incompatibility between
   1139        1.1     skrll      Coldfire & non-Coldfire flags, incompability between different
   1140        1.1     skrll      Coldfire ISAs, and incompability between different MAC types.  */
   1141        1.1     skrll   arch_info = bfd_arch_get_compatible (ibfd, obfd, FALSE);
   1142        1.1     skrll   if (!arch_info)
   1143        1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   1144        1.1     skrll 
   1145        1.1     skrll   bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_arch_m68k, arch_info->mach);
   1146        1.1     skrll 
   1147        1.1     skrll   in_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
   1148        1.1     skrll   if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
   1149        1.1     skrll     {
   1150        1.1     skrll       elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
   1151        1.1     skrll       out_flags = in_flags;
   1152        1.1     skrll     }
   1153        1.1     skrll   else
   1154        1.1     skrll     {
   1155        1.1     skrll       out_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
   1156        1.1     skrll       unsigned int variant_mask;
   1157        1.1     skrll 
   1158        1.1     skrll       if ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_M68000)
   1159        1.1     skrll 	variant_mask = 0;
   1160        1.1     skrll       else if ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32)
   1161        1.1     skrll 	variant_mask = 0;
   1162        1.1     skrll       else if ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
   1163        1.1     skrll 	variant_mask = 0;
   1164        1.1     skrll       else
   1165        1.1     skrll 	variant_mask = EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK;
   1166        1.1     skrll 
   1167        1.1     skrll       in_isa = (in_flags & variant_mask);
   1168        1.1     skrll       out_isa = (out_flags & variant_mask);
   1169        1.1     skrll       if (in_isa > out_isa)
   1170        1.1     skrll 	out_flags ^= in_isa ^ out_isa;
   1171        1.1     skrll       if (((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32
   1172        1.1     skrll 	   && (out_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
   1173        1.1     skrll 	  || ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO
   1174        1.1     skrll 	      && (out_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32))
   1175        1.1     skrll 	out_flags = EF_M68K_FIDO;
   1176        1.1     skrll       else
   1177        1.1     skrll       out_flags |= in_flags ^ in_isa;
   1178        1.1     skrll     }
   1179        1.1     skrll   elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = out_flags;
   1180        1.1     skrll 
   1181        1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   1182        1.1     skrll }
   1183        1.1     skrll 
   1184        1.1     skrll /* Display the flags field.  */
   1185        1.1     skrll 
   1186        1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   1187        1.1     skrll elf32_m68k_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void * ptr)
   1188        1.1     skrll {
   1189        1.1     skrll   FILE *file = (FILE *) ptr;
   1190        1.1     skrll   flagword eflags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
   1191        1.1     skrll 
   1192        1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
   1193        1.1     skrll 
   1194        1.1     skrll   /* Print normal ELF private data.  */
   1195        1.1     skrll   _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
   1196        1.1     skrll 
   1197        1.1     skrll   /* Ignore init flag - it may not be set, despite the flags field containing valid data.  */
   1198        1.1     skrll 
   1199        1.1     skrll   /* xgettext:c-format */
   1200        1.1     skrll   fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
   1201        1.1     skrll 
   1202        1.1     skrll   if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_M68000)
   1203        1.1     skrll     fprintf (file, " [m68000]");
   1204        1.1     skrll   else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32)
   1205        1.1     skrll     fprintf (file, " [cpu32]");
   1206        1.1     skrll   else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
   1207        1.1     skrll     fprintf (file, " [fido]");
   1208        1.1     skrll   else
   1209        1.1     skrll     {
   1210        1.1     skrll       if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CFV4E)
   1211        1.1     skrll 	fprintf (file, " [cfv4e]");
   1212        1.1     skrll 
   1213        1.1     skrll       if (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK)
   1214        1.1     skrll 	{
   1215        1.1     skrll 	  char const *isa = _("unknown");
   1216        1.1     skrll 	  char const *mac = _("unknown");
   1217        1.1     skrll 	  char const *additional = "";
   1218        1.1     skrll 
   1219        1.1     skrll 	  switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK)
   1220        1.1     skrll 	    {
   1221        1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_NODIV:
   1222        1.1     skrll 	      isa = "A";
   1223        1.1     skrll 	      additional = " [nodiv]";
   1224        1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1225        1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A:
   1226        1.1     skrll 	      isa = "A";
   1227        1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1228        1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_PLUS:
   1229        1.1     skrll 	      isa = "A+";
   1230        1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1231        1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B_NOUSP:
   1232        1.1     skrll 	      isa = "B";
   1233        1.1     skrll 	      additional = " [nousp]";
   1234        1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1235        1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B:
   1236        1.1     skrll 	      isa = "B";
   1237        1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1238        1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C:
   1239        1.1     skrll 	      isa = "C";
   1240        1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1241        1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C_NODIV:
   1242        1.1     skrll 	      isa = "C";
   1243        1.1     skrll 	      additional = " [nodiv]";
   1244        1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1245        1.1     skrll 	    }
   1246        1.1     skrll 	  fprintf (file, " [isa %s]%s", isa, additional);
   1247        1.1     skrll 
   1248        1.1     skrll 	  if (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_FLOAT)
   1249        1.1     skrll 	    fprintf (file, " [float]");
   1250        1.1     skrll 
   1251        1.1     skrll 	  switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_MAC_MASK)
   1252        1.1     skrll 	    {
   1253        1.1     skrll 	    case 0:
   1254        1.1     skrll 	      mac = NULL;
   1255        1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1256        1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_MAC:
   1257        1.1     skrll 	      mac = "mac";
   1258        1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1259        1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_EMAC:
   1260        1.1     skrll 	      mac = "emac";
   1261        1.3  christos 	      break;
   1262        1.3  christos 	    case EF_M68K_CF_EMAC_B:
   1263        1.3  christos 	      mac = "emac_b";
   1264        1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1265        1.1     skrll 	    }
   1266        1.1     skrll 	  if (mac)
   1267        1.1     skrll 	    fprintf (file, " [%s]", mac);
   1268        1.1     skrll 	}
   1269        1.1     skrll     }
   1270        1.1     skrll 
   1271        1.1     skrll   fputc ('\n', file);
   1272        1.1     skrll 
   1273        1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   1274        1.1     skrll }
   1275        1.1     skrll 
   1276        1.1     skrll /* Multi-GOT support implementation design:
   1277        1.1     skrll 
   1278        1.1     skrll    Multi-GOT starts in check_relocs hook.  There we scan all
   1279        1.1     skrll    relocations of a BFD and build a local GOT (struct elf_m68k_got)
   1280        1.1     skrll    for it.  If a single BFD appears to require too many GOT slots with
   1281        1.1     skrll    R_68K_GOT8O or R_68K_GOT16O relocations, we fail with notification
   1282        1.1     skrll    to user.
   1283        1.1     skrll    After check_relocs has been invoked for each input BFD, we have
   1284        1.1     skrll    constructed a GOT for each input BFD.
   1285        1.1     skrll 
   1286        1.1     skrll    To minimize total number of GOTs required for a particular output BFD
   1287        1.1     skrll    (as some environments support only 1 GOT per output object) we try
   1288        1.1     skrll    to merge some of the GOTs to share an offset space.  Ideally [and in most
   1289        1.1     skrll    cases] we end up with a single GOT.  In cases when there are too many
   1290        1.1     skrll    restricted relocations (e.g., R_68K_GOT16O relocations) we end up with
   1291        1.1     skrll    several GOTs, assuming the environment can handle them.
   1292        1.1     skrll 
   1293        1.1     skrll    Partitioning is done in elf_m68k_partition_multi_got.  We start with
   1294        1.1     skrll    an empty GOT and traverse bfd2got hashtable putting got_entries from
   1295        1.1     skrll    local GOTs to the new 'big' one.  We do that by constructing an
   1296        1.1     skrll    intermediate GOT holding all the entries the local GOT has and the big
   1297        1.1     skrll    GOT lacks.  Then we check if there is room in the big GOT to accomodate
   1298        1.1     skrll    all the entries from diff.  On success we add those entries to the big
   1299        1.1     skrll    GOT; on failure we start the new 'big' GOT and retry the adding of
   1300        1.1     skrll    entries from the local GOT.  Note that this retry will always succeed as
   1301        1.1     skrll    each local GOT doesn't overflow the limits.  After partitioning we
   1302        1.1     skrll    end up with each bfd assigned one of the big GOTs.  GOT entries in the
   1303        1.1     skrll    big GOTs are initialized with GOT offsets.  Note that big GOTs are
   1304        1.1     skrll    positioned consequently in program space and represent a single huge GOT
   1305        1.1     skrll    to the outside world.
   1306        1.1     skrll 
   1307        1.1     skrll    After that we get to elf_m68k_relocate_section.  There we
   1308        1.1     skrll    adjust relocations of GOT pointer (_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) and symbol
   1309        1.1     skrll    relocations to refer to appropriate [assigned to current input_bfd]
   1310        1.1     skrll    big GOT.
   1311        1.1     skrll 
   1312        1.1     skrll    Notes:
   1313        1.3  christos 
   1314        1.3  christos    GOT entry type: We have several types of GOT entries.
   1315        1.3  christos    * R_8 type is used in entries for symbols that have at least one
   1316        1.1     skrll    R_68K_GOT8O or R_68K_TLS_*8 relocation.  We can have at most 0x40
   1317        1.3  christos    such entries in one GOT.
   1318        1.3  christos    * R_16 type is used in entries for symbols that have at least one
   1319        1.1     skrll    R_68K_GOT16O or R_68K_TLS_*16 relocation and no R_8 relocations.
   1320        1.3  christos    We can have at most 0x4000 such entries in one GOT.
   1321        1.3  christos    * R_32 type is used in all other cases.  We can have as many
   1322        1.1     skrll    such entries in one GOT as we'd like.
   1323        1.1     skrll    When counting relocations we have to include the count of the smaller
   1324        1.1     skrll    ranged relocations in the counts of the larger ranged ones in order
   1325        1.1     skrll    to correctly detect overflow.
   1326        1.1     skrll 
   1327        1.3  christos    Sorting the GOT: In each GOT starting offsets are assigned to
   1328        1.3  christos    R_8 entries, which are followed by R_16 entries, and
   1329        1.1     skrll    R_32 entries go at the end.  See finalize_got_offsets for details.
   1330        1.1     skrll 
   1331        1.1     skrll    Negative GOT offsets: To double usable offset range of GOTs we use
   1332        1.1     skrll    negative offsets.  As we assign entries with GOT offsets relative to
   1333        1.1     skrll    start of .got section, the offset values are positive.  They become
   1334        1.1     skrll    negative only in relocate_section where got->offset value is
   1335        1.1     skrll    subtracted from them.
   1336        1.1     skrll 
   1337        1.1     skrll    3 special GOT entries: There are 3 special GOT entries used internally
   1338        1.1     skrll    by loader.  These entries happen to be placed to .got.plt section,
   1339        1.1     skrll    so we don't do anything about them in multi-GOT support.
   1340        1.1     skrll 
   1341        1.1     skrll    Memory management: All data except for hashtables
   1342        1.1     skrll    multi_got->bfd2got and got->entries are allocated on
   1343        1.1     skrll    elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj bfd (for this reason we pass 'info'
   1344        1.1     skrll    to most functions), so we don't need to care to free them.  At the
   1345        1.1     skrll    moment of allocation hashtables are being linked into main data
   1346        1.1     skrll    structure (multi_got), all pieces of which are reachable from
   1347        1.1     skrll    elf_m68k_multi_got (info).  We deallocate them in
   1348        1.1     skrll    elf_m68k_link_hash_table_free.  */
   1349        1.1     skrll 
   1350        1.1     skrll /* Initialize GOT.  */
   1351        1.1     skrll 
   1352        1.3  christos static void
   1353        1.3  christos elf_m68k_init_got (struct elf_m68k_got *got)
   1354        1.3  christos {
   1355        1.3  christos   got->entries = NULL;
   1356        1.3  christos   got->n_slots[R_8] = 0;
   1357        1.3  christos   got->n_slots[R_16] = 0;
   1358        1.3  christos   got->n_slots[R_32] = 0;
   1359        1.3  christos   got->local_n_slots = 0;
   1360        1.1     skrll   got->offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   1361        1.1     skrll }
   1362        1.1     skrll 
   1363        1.1     skrll /* Destruct GOT.  */
   1364        1.1     skrll 
   1365        1.1     skrll static void
   1366        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_clear_got (struct elf_m68k_got *got)
   1367        1.1     skrll {
   1368        1.1     skrll   if (got->entries != NULL)
   1369        1.1     skrll     {
   1370        1.1     skrll       htab_delete (got->entries);
   1371        1.1     skrll       got->entries = NULL;
   1372        1.1     skrll     }
   1373        1.1     skrll }
   1374        1.1     skrll 
   1375        1.1     skrll /* Create and empty GOT structure.  INFO is the context where memory
   1376        1.1     skrll    should be allocated.  */
   1377        1.1     skrll 
   1378        1.1     skrll static struct elf_m68k_got *
   1379        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_create_empty_got (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1380        1.1     skrll {
   1381        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
   1382        1.1     skrll 
   1383        1.1     skrll   got = bfd_alloc (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, sizeof (*got));
   1384        1.1     skrll   if (got == NULL)
   1385        1.1     skrll     return NULL;
   1386        1.3  christos 
   1387        1.1     skrll   elf_m68k_init_got (got);
   1388        1.1     skrll 
   1389        1.1     skrll   return got;
   1390        1.1     skrll }
   1391        1.1     skrll 
   1392        1.1     skrll /* Initialize KEY.  */
   1393        1.1     skrll 
   1394        1.1     skrll static void
   1395        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key,
   1396        1.3  christos 			     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   1397        1.3  christos 			     const bfd *abfd, unsigned long symndx,
   1398        1.1     skrll 			     enum elf_m68k_reloc_type reloc_type)
   1399        1.3  christos {
   1400        1.3  christos   if (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (reloc_type) == R_68K_TLS_LDM32)
   1401        1.3  christos     /* All TLS_LDM relocations share a single GOT entry.  */
   1402        1.3  christos     {
   1403        1.3  christos       key->bfd = NULL;
   1404        1.3  christos       key->symndx = 0;
   1405        1.3  christos     }
   1406        1.3  christos   else if (h != NULL)
   1407        1.1     skrll     /* Global symbols are identified with their got_entry_key.  */
   1408        1.1     skrll     {
   1409        1.1     skrll       key->bfd = NULL;
   1410        1.1     skrll       key->symndx = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->got_entry_key;
   1411        1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (key->symndx != 0);
   1412        1.1     skrll     }
   1413        1.3  christos   else
   1414        1.1     skrll     /* Local symbols are identified by BFD they appear in and symndx.  */
   1415        1.1     skrll     {
   1416        1.1     skrll       key->bfd = abfd;
   1417        1.1     skrll       key->symndx = symndx;
   1418        1.3  christos     }
   1419        1.3  christos 
   1420        1.1     skrll   key->type = reloc_type;
   1421        1.1     skrll }
   1422        1.1     skrll 
   1423        1.1     skrll /* Calculate hash of got_entry.
   1424        1.1     skrll    ??? Is it good?  */
   1425        1.1     skrll 
   1426        1.1     skrll static hashval_t
   1427        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_got_entry_hash (const void *_entry)
   1428        1.1     skrll {
   1429        1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key;
   1430        1.1     skrll 
   1431        1.1     skrll   key = &((const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) _entry)->key_;
   1432        1.3  christos 
   1433        1.3  christos   return (key->symndx
   1434        1.3  christos 	  + (key->bfd != NULL ? (int) key->bfd->id : -1)
   1435        1.1     skrll 	  + elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (key->type));
   1436        1.1     skrll }
   1437        1.1     skrll 
   1438        1.1     skrll /* Check if two got entries are equal.  */
   1439        1.1     skrll 
   1440        1.1     skrll static int
   1441        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_got_entry_eq (const void *_entry1, const void *_entry2)
   1442        1.1     skrll {
   1443        1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key1;
   1444        1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key2;
   1445        1.1     skrll 
   1446        1.1     skrll   key1 = &((const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) _entry1)->key_;
   1447        1.1     skrll   key2 = &((const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) _entry2)->key_;
   1448        1.1     skrll 
   1449        1.3  christos   return (key1->bfd == key2->bfd
   1450        1.3  christos 	  && key1->symndx == key2->symndx
   1451        1.3  christos 	  && (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (key1->type)
   1452        1.1     skrll 	      == elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (key2->type)));
   1453        1.1     skrll }
   1454        1.3  christos 
   1455        1.3  christos /* When using negative offsets, we allocate one extra R_8, one extra R_16
   1456        1.3  christos    and one extra R_32 slots to simplify handling of 2-slot entries during
   1457        1.3  christos    offset allocation -- hence -1 for R_8 slots and -2 for R_16 slots.  */
   1458        1.3  christos 
   1459        1.3  christos /* Maximal number of R_8 slots in a single GOT.  */
   1460        1.1     skrll #define ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT(INFO)		\
   1461        1.3  christos   (elf_m68k_hash_table (INFO)->use_neg_got_offsets_p		\
   1462        1.1     skrll    ? (0x40 - 1)							\
   1463        1.1     skrll    : 0x20)
   1464        1.3  christos 
   1465        1.3  christos /* Maximal number of R_8 and R_16 slots in a single GOT.  */
   1466        1.1     skrll #define ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT(INFO)		\
   1467        1.3  christos   (elf_m68k_hash_table (INFO)->use_neg_got_offsets_p		\
   1468        1.1     skrll    ? (0x4000 - 2)						\
   1469        1.1     skrll    : 0x2000)
   1470        1.1     skrll 
   1471        1.1     skrll /* SEARCH - simply search the hashtable, don't insert new entries or fail when
   1472        1.1     skrll    the entry cannot be found.
   1473        1.1     skrll    FIND_OR_CREATE - search for an existing entry, but create new if there's
   1474        1.1     skrll    no such.
   1475        1.1     skrll    MUST_FIND - search for an existing entry and assert that it exist.
   1476        1.1     skrll    MUST_CREATE - assert that there's no such entry and create new one.  */
   1477        1.1     skrll enum elf_m68k_get_entry_howto
   1478        1.1     skrll   {
   1479        1.1     skrll     SEARCH,
   1480        1.1     skrll     FIND_OR_CREATE,
   1481        1.1     skrll     MUST_FIND,
   1482        1.1     skrll     MUST_CREATE
   1483        1.1     skrll   };
   1484        1.1     skrll 
   1485        1.1     skrll /* Get or create (depending on HOWTO) entry with KEY in GOT.
   1486        1.1     skrll    INFO is context in which memory should be allocated (can be NULL if
   1487        1.1     skrll    HOWTO is SEARCH or MUST_FIND).  */
   1488        1.1     skrll 
   1489        1.1     skrll static struct elf_m68k_got_entry *
   1490        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_get_got_entry (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   1491        1.1     skrll 			const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key,
   1492        1.1     skrll 			enum elf_m68k_get_entry_howto howto,
   1493        1.1     skrll 			struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1494        1.1     skrll {
   1495        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry entry_;
   1496        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
   1497        1.1     skrll   void **ptr;
   1498        1.1     skrll 
   1499        1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT ((info == NULL) == (howto == SEARCH || howto == MUST_FIND));
   1500        1.1     skrll 
   1501        1.1     skrll   if (got->entries == NULL)
   1502        1.1     skrll     /* This is the first entry in ABFD.  Initialize hashtable.  */
   1503        1.1     skrll     {
   1504        1.1     skrll       if (howto == SEARCH)
   1505        1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   1506        1.3  christos 
   1507        1.1     skrll       got->entries = htab_try_create (ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT
   1508        1.1     skrll 				      (info),
   1509        1.1     skrll 				      elf_m68k_got_entry_hash,
   1510        1.1     skrll 				      elf_m68k_got_entry_eq, NULL);
   1511        1.1     skrll       if (got->entries == NULL)
   1512        1.1     skrll 	{
   1513        1.1     skrll 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
   1514        1.1     skrll 	  return NULL;
   1515        1.1     skrll 	}
   1516        1.1     skrll     }
   1517        1.1     skrll 
   1518        1.1     skrll   entry_.key_ = *key;
   1519        1.1     skrll   ptr = htab_find_slot (got->entries, &entry_, (howto != SEARCH
   1520        1.1     skrll 						? INSERT : NO_INSERT));
   1521        1.1     skrll   if (ptr == NULL)
   1522        1.1     skrll     {
   1523        1.1     skrll       if (howto == SEARCH)
   1524        1.1     skrll 	/* Entry not found.  */
   1525        1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   1526        1.1     skrll 
   1527        1.1     skrll       /* We're out of memory.  */
   1528        1.1     skrll       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
   1529        1.1     skrll       return NULL;
   1530        1.1     skrll     }
   1531        1.1     skrll 
   1532        1.1     skrll   if (*ptr == NULL)
   1533        1.1     skrll     /* We didn't find the entry and we're asked to create a new one.  */
   1534        1.1     skrll     {
   1535        1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_FIND && howto != SEARCH);
   1536        1.1     skrll 
   1537        1.1     skrll       entry = bfd_alloc (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, sizeof (*entry));
   1538        1.1     skrll       if (entry == NULL)
   1539        1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   1540        1.1     skrll 
   1541        1.1     skrll       /* Initialize new entry.  */
   1542        1.1     skrll       entry->key_ = *key;
   1543        1.1     skrll 
   1544        1.3  christos       entry->u.s1.refcount = 0;
   1545        1.3  christos 
   1546        1.3  christos       /* Mark the entry as not initialized.  */
   1547        1.1     skrll       entry->key_.type = R_68K_max;
   1548        1.1     skrll 
   1549        1.1     skrll       *ptr = entry;
   1550        1.1     skrll     }
   1551        1.1     skrll   else
   1552        1.1     skrll     /* We found the entry.  */
   1553        1.1     skrll     {
   1554        1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_CREATE);
   1555        1.1     skrll 
   1556        1.1     skrll       entry = *ptr;
   1557        1.1     skrll     }
   1558        1.1     skrll 
   1559        1.1     skrll   return entry;
   1560        1.1     skrll }
   1561        1.1     skrll 
   1562        1.1     skrll /* Update GOT counters when merging entry of WAS type with entry of NEW type.
   1563        1.1     skrll    Return the value to which ENTRY's type should be set.  */
   1564        1.3  christos 
   1565        1.3  christos static enum elf_m68k_reloc_type
   1566        1.3  christos elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   1567        1.3  christos 				enum elf_m68k_reloc_type was,
   1568        1.3  christos 				enum elf_m68k_reloc_type new_reloc)
   1569        1.3  christos {
   1570        1.3  christos   enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size was_size;
   1571        1.3  christos   enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size new_size;
   1572        1.3  christos   bfd_vma n_slots;
   1573        1.3  christos 
   1574        1.3  christos   if (was == R_68K_max)
   1575        1.1     skrll     /* The type of the entry is not initialized yet.  */
   1576        1.3  christos     {
   1577        1.3  christos       /* Update all got->n_slots counters, including n_slots[R_32].  */
   1578        1.1     skrll       was_size = R_LAST;
   1579        1.3  christos 
   1580        1.1     skrll       was = new_reloc;
   1581        1.1     skrll     }
   1582        1.3  christos   else
   1583        1.3  christos     {
   1584        1.3  christos       /* !!! We, probably, should emit an error rather then fail on assert
   1585        1.3  christos 	 in such a case.  */
   1586        1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (was)
   1587        1.3  christos 		  == elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (new_reloc));
   1588        1.3  christos 
   1589        1.3  christos       was_size = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (was);
   1590        1.1     skrll     }
   1591        1.3  christos 
   1592        1.3  christos   new_size = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (new_reloc);
   1593        1.3  christos   n_slots = elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (new_reloc);
   1594        1.3  christos 
   1595        1.3  christos   while (was_size > new_size)
   1596        1.3  christos     {
   1597        1.3  christos       --was_size;
   1598        1.3  christos       got->n_slots[was_size] += n_slots;
   1599        1.3  christos     }
   1600        1.3  christos 
   1601        1.3  christos   if (new_reloc > was)
   1602        1.3  christos     /* Relocations are ordered from bigger got offset size to lesser,
   1603        1.3  christos        so choose the relocation type with lesser offset size.  */
   1604        1.3  christos     was = new_reloc;
   1605        1.3  christos 
   1606        1.1     skrll   return was;
   1607        1.1     skrll }
   1608        1.1     skrll 
   1609        1.1     skrll /* Add new or update existing entry to GOT.
   1610        1.1     skrll    H, ABFD, TYPE and SYMNDX is data for the entry.
   1611        1.1     skrll    INFO is a context where memory should be allocated.  */
   1612        1.1     skrll 
   1613        1.1     skrll static struct elf_m68k_got_entry *
   1614        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_add_entry_to_got (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   1615        1.1     skrll 			   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   1616        1.3  christos 			   const bfd *abfd,
   1617        1.3  christos 			   enum elf_m68k_reloc_type reloc_type,
   1618        1.1     skrll 			   unsigned long symndx,
   1619        1.1     skrll 			   struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1620        1.1     skrll {
   1621        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
   1622        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
   1623        1.1     skrll 
   1624        1.1     skrll   if (h != NULL && elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->got_entry_key == 0)
   1625        1.1     skrll     elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->got_entry_key
   1626        1.1     skrll       = elf_m68k_multi_got (info)->global_symndx++;
   1627        1.3  christos 
   1628        1.1     skrll   elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (&key_, h, abfd, symndx, reloc_type);
   1629        1.1     skrll 
   1630        1.1     skrll   entry = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (got, &key_, FIND_OR_CREATE, info);
   1631        1.1     skrll   if (entry == NULL)
   1632        1.1     skrll     return NULL;
   1633        1.3  christos 
   1634        1.3  christos   /* Determine entry's type and update got->n_slots counters.  */
   1635        1.3  christos   entry->key_.type = elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (got,
   1636        1.3  christos 						     entry->key_.type,
   1637        1.3  christos 						     reloc_type);
   1638        1.1     skrll 
   1639        1.1     skrll   /* Update refcount.  */
   1640        1.1     skrll   ++entry->u.s1.refcount;
   1641        1.1     skrll 
   1642        1.1     skrll   if (entry->u.s1.refcount == 1)
   1643        1.1     skrll     /* We see this entry for the first time.  */
   1644        1.1     skrll     {
   1645        1.3  christos       if (entry->key_.bfd != NULL)
   1646        1.1     skrll 	got->local_n_slots += elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (entry->key_.type);
   1647        1.1     skrll     }
   1648        1.3  christos 
   1649        1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (got->n_slots[R_32] >= got->local_n_slots);
   1650        1.3  christos 
   1651        1.3  christos   if ((got->n_slots[R_8]
   1652        1.3  christos        > ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
   1653        1.3  christos       || (got->n_slots[R_16]
   1654        1.1     skrll 	  > ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info)))
   1655        1.1     skrll     /* This BFD has too many relocation.  */
   1656        1.3  christos     {
   1657  1.10.12.1  pgoyette       if (got->n_slots[R_8] > ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
   1658  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	/* xgettext:c-format */
   1659  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	_bfd_error_handler (_("%B: GOT overflow: "
   1660  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 			      "Number of relocations with 8-bit "
   1661  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 			      "offset > %d"),
   1662  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 			    abfd,
   1663        1.1     skrll 			    ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info));
   1664  1.10.12.1  pgoyette       else
   1665  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	/* xgettext:c-format */
   1666  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	_bfd_error_handler (_("%B: GOT overflow: "
   1667  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 			      "Number of relocations with 8- or 16-bit "
   1668  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 			      "offset > %d"),
   1669  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 			    abfd,
   1670        1.1     skrll 			    ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info));
   1671        1.1     skrll 
   1672        1.1     skrll       return NULL;
   1673        1.1     skrll     }
   1674        1.1     skrll 
   1675        1.1     skrll   return entry;
   1676        1.1     skrll }
   1677        1.1     skrll 
   1678        1.1     skrll /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry.  */
   1679        1.1     skrll 
   1680        1.1     skrll static hashval_t
   1681        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry)
   1682        1.1     skrll {
   1683        1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *e;
   1684        1.1     skrll 
   1685        1.1     skrll   e = (const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) entry;
   1686        1.1     skrll 
   1687        1.1     skrll   return e->bfd->id;
   1688        1.1     skrll }
   1689        1.1     skrll 
   1690        1.1     skrll /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd.  */
   1691        1.1     skrll 
   1692        1.1     skrll static int
   1693        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
   1694        1.1     skrll {
   1695        1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *e1;
   1696        1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *e2;
   1697        1.1     skrll 
   1698        1.1     skrll   e1 = (const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) entry1;
   1699        1.1     skrll   e2 = (const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) entry2;
   1700        1.1     skrll 
   1701        1.1     skrll   return e1->bfd == e2->bfd;
   1702        1.1     skrll }
   1703        1.1     skrll 
   1704        1.1     skrll /* Destruct a bfd2got entry.  */
   1705        1.1     skrll 
   1706        1.1     skrll static void
   1707        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_del (void *_entry)
   1708        1.1     skrll {
   1709        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *entry;
   1710        1.1     skrll 
   1711        1.1     skrll   entry = (struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) _entry;
   1712        1.1     skrll 
   1713        1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (entry->got != NULL);
   1714        1.1     skrll   elf_m68k_clear_got (entry->got);
   1715        1.1     skrll }
   1716        1.1     skrll 
   1717        1.1     skrll /* Find existing or create new (depending on HOWTO) bfd2got entry in
   1718        1.1     skrll    MULTI_GOT.  ABFD is the bfd we need a GOT for.  INFO is a context where
   1719        1.1     skrll    memory should be allocated.  */
   1720        1.1     skrll 
   1721        1.1     skrll static struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *
   1722        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (struct elf_m68k_multi_got *multi_got,
   1723        1.1     skrll 			    const bfd *abfd,
   1724        1.1     skrll 			    enum elf_m68k_get_entry_howto howto,
   1725        1.1     skrll 			    struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1726        1.1     skrll {
   1727        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry entry_;
   1728        1.1     skrll   void **ptr;
   1729        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *entry;
   1730        1.1     skrll 
   1731        1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT ((info == NULL) == (howto == SEARCH || howto == MUST_FIND));
   1732        1.1     skrll 
   1733        1.1     skrll   if (multi_got->bfd2got == NULL)
   1734        1.1     skrll     /* This is the first GOT.  Initialize bfd2got.  */
   1735        1.1     skrll     {
   1736        1.1     skrll       if (howto == SEARCH)
   1737        1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   1738        1.1     skrll 
   1739        1.1     skrll       multi_got->bfd2got = htab_try_create (1, elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_hash,
   1740        1.1     skrll 					    elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_eq,
   1741        1.1     skrll 					    elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_del);
   1742        1.1     skrll       if (multi_got->bfd2got == NULL)
   1743        1.1     skrll 	{
   1744        1.1     skrll 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
   1745        1.1     skrll 	  return NULL;
   1746        1.1     skrll 	}
   1747        1.1     skrll     }
   1748        1.1     skrll 
   1749        1.1     skrll   entry_.bfd = abfd;
   1750        1.1     skrll   ptr = htab_find_slot (multi_got->bfd2got, &entry_, (howto != SEARCH
   1751        1.1     skrll 						      ? INSERT : NO_INSERT));
   1752        1.1     skrll   if (ptr == NULL)
   1753        1.1     skrll     {
   1754        1.1     skrll       if (howto == SEARCH)
   1755        1.1     skrll 	/* Entry not found.  */
   1756        1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   1757        1.1     skrll 
   1758        1.1     skrll       /* We're out of memory.  */
   1759        1.1     skrll       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
   1760        1.1     skrll       return NULL;
   1761        1.1     skrll     }
   1762        1.1     skrll 
   1763        1.1     skrll   if (*ptr == NULL)
   1764        1.1     skrll     /* Entry was not found.  Create new one.  */
   1765        1.1     skrll     {
   1766        1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_FIND && howto != SEARCH);
   1767        1.1     skrll 
   1768        1.1     skrll       entry = ((struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *)
   1769        1.1     skrll 	       bfd_alloc (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, sizeof (*entry)));
   1770        1.1     skrll       if (entry == NULL)
   1771        1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   1772        1.1     skrll 
   1773        1.1     skrll       entry->bfd = abfd;
   1774        1.1     skrll 
   1775        1.1     skrll       entry->got = elf_m68k_create_empty_got (info);
   1776        1.1     skrll       if (entry->got == NULL)
   1777        1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   1778        1.1     skrll 
   1779        1.1     skrll       *ptr = entry;
   1780        1.1     skrll     }
   1781        1.1     skrll   else
   1782        1.1     skrll     {
   1783        1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_CREATE);
   1784        1.1     skrll 
   1785        1.1     skrll       /* Return existing entry.  */
   1786        1.1     skrll       entry = *ptr;
   1787        1.1     skrll     }
   1788        1.1     skrll 
   1789        1.1     skrll   return entry;
   1790        1.1     skrll }
   1791        1.1     skrll 
   1792        1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg
   1793        1.1     skrll {
   1794        1.1     skrll   /* A current_got that we constructing a DIFF against.  */
   1795        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *big;
   1796        1.1     skrll 
   1797        1.1     skrll   /* GOT holding entries not present or that should be changed in
   1798        1.1     skrll      BIG.  */
   1799        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *diff;
   1800        1.1     skrll 
   1801        1.1     skrll   /* Context where to allocate memory.  */
   1802        1.1     skrll   struct bfd_link_info *info;
   1803        1.1     skrll 
   1804        1.1     skrll   /* Error flag.  */
   1805        1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean error_p;
   1806        1.1     skrll };
   1807        1.1     skrll 
   1808        1.1     skrll /* Process a single entry from the small GOT to see if it should be added
   1809        1.1     skrll    or updated in the big GOT.  */
   1810        1.1     skrll 
   1811        1.1     skrll static int
   1812        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_1 (void **_entry_ptr, void *_arg)
   1813        1.1     skrll {
   1814        1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry1;
   1815        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg *arg;
   1816        1.3  christos   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry2;
   1817        1.1     skrll   enum elf_m68k_reloc_type type;
   1818        1.1     skrll 
   1819        1.1     skrll   entry1 = (const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) *_entry_ptr;
   1820        1.1     skrll   arg = (struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg *) _arg;
   1821        1.1     skrll 
   1822        1.1     skrll   entry2 = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (arg->big, &entry1->key_, SEARCH, NULL);
   1823        1.1     skrll 
   1824        1.3  christos   if (entry2 != NULL)
   1825        1.1     skrll     /* We found an existing entry.  Check if we should update it.  */
   1826        1.3  christos     {
   1827        1.3  christos       type = elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (arg->diff,
   1828        1.3  christos 					     entry2->key_.type,
   1829        1.1     skrll 					     entry1->key_.type);
   1830        1.3  christos 
   1831        1.1     skrll       if (type == entry2->key_.type)
   1832        1.1     skrll 	/* ENTRY1 doesn't update data in ENTRY2.  Skip it.
   1833        1.1     skrll 	   To skip creation of difference entry we use the type,
   1834        1.3  christos 	   which we won't see in GOT entries for sure.  */
   1835        1.1     skrll 	type = R_68K_max;
   1836        1.1     skrll     }
   1837        1.3  christos   else
   1838        1.1     skrll     /* We didn't find the entry.  Add entry1 to DIFF.  */
   1839        1.3  christos     {
   1840        1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (entry1->key_.type != R_68K_max);
   1841        1.3  christos 
   1842        1.3  christos       type = elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (arg->diff,
   1843        1.1     skrll 					     R_68K_max, entry1->key_.type);
   1844        1.1     skrll 
   1845        1.3  christos       if (entry1->key_.bfd != NULL)
   1846        1.1     skrll 	arg->diff->local_n_slots += elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (type);
   1847        1.1     skrll     }
   1848        1.3  christos 
   1849        1.1     skrll   if (type != R_68K_max)
   1850        1.1     skrll     /* Create an entry in DIFF.  */
   1851        1.1     skrll     {
   1852        1.1     skrll       struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
   1853        1.1     skrll 
   1854        1.1     skrll       entry = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (arg->diff, &entry1->key_, MUST_CREATE,
   1855        1.1     skrll 				      arg->info);
   1856        1.1     skrll       if (entry == NULL)
   1857        1.1     skrll 	{
   1858        1.1     skrll 	  arg->error_p = TRUE;
   1859        1.1     skrll 	  return 0;
   1860        1.1     skrll 	}
   1861        1.3  christos 
   1862        1.1     skrll       entry->key_.type = type;
   1863        1.1     skrll     }
   1864        1.1     skrll 
   1865        1.1     skrll   return 1;
   1866        1.1     skrll }
   1867        1.1     skrll 
   1868        1.1     skrll /* Return TRUE if SMALL GOT can be added to BIG GOT without overflowing it.
   1869        1.1     skrll    Construct DIFF GOT holding the entries which should be added or updated
   1870        1.1     skrll    in BIG GOT to accumulate information from SMALL.
   1871        1.1     skrll    INFO is the context where memory should be allocated.  */
   1872        1.1     skrll 
   1873        1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   1874        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_can_merge_gots (struct elf_m68k_got *big,
   1875        1.1     skrll 			 const struct elf_m68k_got *small,
   1876        1.1     skrll 			 struct bfd_link_info *info,
   1877        1.1     skrll 			 struct elf_m68k_got *diff)
   1878        1.1     skrll {
   1879        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg arg_;
   1880        1.1     skrll 
   1881        1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (small->offset == (bfd_vma) -1);
   1882        1.1     skrll 
   1883        1.1     skrll   arg_.big = big;
   1884        1.1     skrll   arg_.diff = diff;
   1885        1.1     skrll   arg_.info = info;
   1886        1.1     skrll   arg_.error_p = FALSE;
   1887        1.1     skrll   htab_traverse_noresize (small->entries, elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_1, &arg_);
   1888        1.1     skrll   if (arg_.error_p)
   1889        1.1     skrll     {
   1890        1.1     skrll       diff->offset = 0;
   1891        1.1     skrll       return FALSE;
   1892        1.1     skrll     }
   1893        1.1     skrll 
   1894        1.3  christos   /* Check for overflow.  */
   1895        1.3  christos   if ((big->n_slots[R_8] + arg_.diff->n_slots[R_8]
   1896        1.3  christos        > ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
   1897        1.3  christos       || (big->n_slots[R_16] + arg_.diff->n_slots[R_16]
   1898        1.1     skrll 	  > ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info)))
   1899        1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   1900        1.1     skrll 
   1901        1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   1902        1.1     skrll }
   1903        1.1     skrll 
   1904        1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg
   1905        1.1     skrll {
   1906        1.1     skrll   /* The BIG got.  */
   1907        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *big;
   1908        1.1     skrll 
   1909        1.1     skrll   /* Context where memory should be allocated.  */
   1910        1.1     skrll   struct bfd_link_info *info;
   1911        1.1     skrll 
   1912        1.1     skrll   /* Error flag.  */
   1913        1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean error_p;
   1914        1.1     skrll };
   1915        1.1     skrll 
   1916        1.1     skrll /* Process a single entry from DIFF got.  Add or update corresponding
   1917        1.1     skrll    entry in the BIG got.  */
   1918        1.1     skrll 
   1919        1.1     skrll static int
   1920        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_merge_gots_1 (void **entry_ptr, void *_arg)
   1921        1.1     skrll {
   1922        1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *from;
   1923        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg *arg;
   1924        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *to;
   1925        1.1     skrll 
   1926        1.1     skrll   from = (const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) *entry_ptr;
   1927        1.1     skrll   arg = (struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg *) _arg;
   1928        1.1     skrll 
   1929        1.1     skrll   to = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (arg->big, &from->key_, FIND_OR_CREATE,
   1930        1.1     skrll 			       arg->info);
   1931        1.1     skrll   if (to == NULL)
   1932        1.1     skrll     {
   1933        1.1     skrll       arg->error_p = TRUE;
   1934        1.1     skrll       return 0;
   1935        1.1     skrll     }
   1936        1.1     skrll 
   1937        1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (to->u.s1.refcount == 0);
   1938        1.3  christos   /* All we need to merge is TYPE.  */
   1939        1.1     skrll   to->key_.type = from->key_.type;
   1940        1.1     skrll 
   1941        1.1     skrll   return 1;
   1942        1.1     skrll }
   1943        1.1     skrll 
   1944        1.1     skrll /* Merge data from DIFF to BIG.  INFO is context where memory should be
   1945        1.1     skrll    allocated.  */
   1946        1.1     skrll 
   1947        1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   1948        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_merge_gots (struct elf_m68k_got *big,
   1949        1.1     skrll 		     struct elf_m68k_got *diff,
   1950        1.1     skrll 		     struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1951        1.1     skrll {
   1952        1.1     skrll   if (diff->entries != NULL)
   1953        1.1     skrll     /* DIFF is not empty.  Merge it into BIG GOT.  */
   1954        1.1     skrll     {
   1955        1.1     skrll       struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg arg_;
   1956        1.1     skrll 
   1957        1.1     skrll       /* Merge entries.  */
   1958        1.1     skrll       arg_.big = big;
   1959        1.1     skrll       arg_.info = info;
   1960        1.1     skrll       arg_.error_p = FALSE;
   1961        1.1     skrll       htab_traverse_noresize (diff->entries, elf_m68k_merge_gots_1, &arg_);
   1962        1.1     skrll       if (arg_.error_p)
   1963        1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   1964        1.1     skrll 
   1965        1.3  christos       /* Merge counters.  */
   1966        1.3  christos       big->n_slots[R_8] += diff->n_slots[R_8];
   1967        1.3  christos       big->n_slots[R_16] += diff->n_slots[R_16];
   1968        1.3  christos       big->n_slots[R_32] += diff->n_slots[R_32];
   1969        1.1     skrll       big->local_n_slots += diff->local_n_slots;
   1970        1.1     skrll     }
   1971        1.1     skrll   else
   1972        1.1     skrll     /* DIFF is empty.  */
   1973        1.3  christos     {
   1974        1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (diff->n_slots[R_8] == 0);
   1975        1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (diff->n_slots[R_16] == 0);
   1976        1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (diff->n_slots[R_32] == 0);
   1977        1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (diff->local_n_slots == 0);
   1978        1.1     skrll     }
   1979        1.1     skrll 
   1980        1.3  christos   BFD_ASSERT (!elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->allow_multigot_p
   1981        1.3  christos 	      || ((big->n_slots[R_8]
   1982        1.3  christos 		   <= ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
   1983        1.3  christos 		  && (big->n_slots[R_16]
   1984        1.1     skrll 		      <= ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))));
   1985        1.1     skrll 
   1986        1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   1987        1.1     skrll }
   1988        1.1     skrll 
   1989        1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg
   1990        1.3  christos {
   1991        1.3  christos   /* Ranges of the offsets for GOT entries.
   1992        1.3  christos      R_x entries receive offsets between offset1[R_x] and offset2[R_x].
   1993        1.3  christos      R_x is R_8, R_16 and R_32.  */
   1994        1.3  christos   bfd_vma *offset1;
   1995        1.1     skrll   bfd_vma *offset2;
   1996        1.1     skrll 
   1997        1.1     skrll   /* Mapping from global symndx to global symbols.
   1998        1.1     skrll      This is used to build lists of got entries for global symbols.  */
   1999        1.3  christos   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry **symndx2h;
   2000        1.3  christos 
   2001        1.1     skrll   bfd_vma n_ldm_entries;
   2002        1.1     skrll };
   2003        1.1     skrll 
   2004        1.1     skrll /* Assign ENTRY an offset.  Build list of GOT entries for global symbols
   2005        1.1     skrll    along the way.  */
   2006        1.1     skrll 
   2007        1.1     skrll static int
   2008        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_1 (void **entry_ptr, void *_arg)
   2009        1.1     skrll {
   2010        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
   2011        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg *arg;
   2012        1.3  christos 
   2013        1.3  christos   enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size got_offset_size;
   2014        1.3  christos   bfd_vma entry_size;
   2015        1.1     skrll 
   2016        1.1     skrll   entry = (struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) *entry_ptr;
   2017        1.1     skrll   arg = (struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg *) _arg;
   2018        1.1     skrll 
   2019        1.1     skrll   /* This should be a fresh entry created in elf_m68k_can_merge_gots.  */
   2020        1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (entry->u.s1.refcount == 0);
   2021        1.3  christos 
   2022        1.3  christos   /* Get GOT offset size for the entry .  */
   2023        1.1     skrll   got_offset_size = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (entry->key_.type);
   2024        1.3  christos 
   2025        1.3  christos   /* Calculate entry size in bytes.  */
   2026        1.1     skrll   entry_size = 4 * elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (entry->key_.type);
   2027        1.3  christos 
   2028        1.3  christos   /* Check if we should switch to negative range of the offsets. */
   2029        1.3  christos   if (arg->offset1[got_offset_size] + entry_size
   2030        1.3  christos       > arg->offset2[got_offset_size])
   2031        1.3  christos     {
   2032        1.3  christos       /* Verify that this is the only switch to negative range for
   2033        1.3  christos 	 got_offset_size.  If this assertion fails, then we've miscalculated
   2034        1.3  christos 	 range for got_offset_size entries in
   2035        1.3  christos 	 elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets.  */
   2036        1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (arg->offset2[got_offset_size]
   2037        1.3  christos 		  != arg->offset2[-(int) got_offset_size - 1]);
   2038        1.3  christos 
   2039        1.3  christos       /* Switch.  */
   2040        1.3  christos       arg->offset1[got_offset_size] = arg->offset1[-(int) got_offset_size - 1];
   2041        1.3  christos       arg->offset2[got_offset_size] = arg->offset2[-(int) got_offset_size - 1];
   2042        1.3  christos 
   2043        1.3  christos       /* Verify that now we have enough room for the entry.  */
   2044        1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (arg->offset1[got_offset_size] + entry_size
   2045        1.3  christos 		  <= arg->offset2[got_offset_size]);
   2046        1.3  christos     }
   2047        1.3  christos 
   2048        1.3  christos   /* Assign offset to entry.  */
   2049        1.3  christos   entry->u.s2.offset = arg->offset1[got_offset_size];
   2050        1.1     skrll   arg->offset1[got_offset_size] += entry_size;
   2051        1.1     skrll 
   2052        1.1     skrll   if (entry->key_.bfd == NULL)
   2053        1.1     skrll     /* Hook up this entry into the list of got_entries of H.  */
   2054        1.1     skrll     {
   2055        1.1     skrll       struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *h;
   2056        1.1     skrll 
   2057        1.3  christos       h = arg->symndx2h[entry->key_.symndx];
   2058        1.3  christos       if (h != NULL)
   2059        1.3  christos 	{
   2060        1.3  christos 	  entry->u.s2.next = h->glist;
   2061        1.3  christos 	  h->glist = entry;
   2062        1.3  christos 	}
   2063        1.3  christos       else
   2064        1.3  christos 	/* This should be the entry for TLS_LDM relocation then.  */
   2065        1.3  christos 	{
   2066        1.3  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT ((elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (entry->key_.type)
   2067        1.3  christos 		       == R_68K_TLS_LDM32)
   2068        1.1     skrll 		      && entry->key_.symndx == 0);
   2069        1.3  christos 
   2070        1.3  christos 	  ++arg->n_ldm_entries;
   2071        1.1     skrll 	}
   2072        1.1     skrll     }
   2073        1.1     skrll   else
   2074        1.1     skrll     /* This entry is for local symbol.  */
   2075        1.1     skrll     entry->u.s2.next = NULL;
   2076        1.1     skrll 
   2077        1.1     skrll   return 1;
   2078        1.1     skrll }
   2079        1.1     skrll 
   2080        1.1     skrll /* Assign offsets within GOT.  USE_NEG_GOT_OFFSETS_P indicates if we
   2081        1.1     skrll    should use negative offsets.
   2082        1.1     skrll    Build list of GOT entries for global symbols along the way.
   2083        1.3  christos    SYMNDX2H is mapping from global symbol indices to actual
   2084        1.3  christos    global symbols.
   2085        1.1     skrll    Return offset at which next GOT should start.  */
   2086        1.1     skrll 
   2087        1.1     skrll static void
   2088        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   2089        1.3  christos 			       bfd_boolean use_neg_got_offsets_p,
   2090        1.3  christos 			       struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry **symndx2h,
   2091        1.1     skrll 			       bfd_vma *final_offset, bfd_vma *n_ldm_entries)
   2092        1.1     skrll {
   2093        1.3  christos   struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg arg_;
   2094        1.3  christos   bfd_vma offset1_[2 * R_LAST];
   2095        1.3  christos   bfd_vma offset2_[2 * R_LAST];
   2096        1.3  christos   int i;
   2097        1.1     skrll   bfd_vma start_offset;
   2098        1.1     skrll 
   2099        1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (got->offset != (bfd_vma) -1);
   2100        1.1     skrll 
   2101        1.1     skrll   /* We set entry offsets relative to the .got section (and not the
   2102        1.3  christos      start of a particular GOT), so that we can use them in
   2103        1.1     skrll      finish_dynamic_symbol without needing to know the GOT which they come
   2104        1.1     skrll      from.  */
   2105        1.3  christos 
   2106        1.3  christos   /* Put offset1 in the middle of offset1_, same for offset2.  */
   2107        1.3  christos   arg_.offset1 = offset1_ + R_LAST;
   2108        1.3  christos   arg_.offset2 = offset2_ + R_LAST;
   2109        1.3  christos 
   2110        1.3  christos   start_offset = got->offset;
   2111        1.1     skrll 
   2112        1.3  christos   if (use_neg_got_offsets_p)
   2113        1.3  christos     /* Setup both negative and positive ranges for R_8, R_16 and R_32.  */
   2114        1.3  christos     i = -(int) R_32 - 1;
   2115        1.3  christos   else
   2116        1.3  christos     /* Setup positives ranges for R_8, R_16 and R_32.  */
   2117        1.3  christos     i = (int) R_8;
   2118        1.3  christos 
   2119        1.1     skrll   for (; i <= (int) R_32; ++i)
   2120        1.3  christos     {
   2121        1.1     skrll       int j;
   2122        1.1     skrll       size_t n;
   2123        1.3  christos 
   2124        1.3  christos       /* Set beginning of the range of offsets I.  */
   2125        1.1     skrll       arg_.offset1[i] = start_offset;
   2126        1.3  christos 
   2127        1.3  christos       /* Calculate number of slots that require I offsets.  */
   2128        1.3  christos       j = (i >= 0) ? i : -i - 1;
   2129        1.3  christos       n = (j >= 1) ? got->n_slots[j - 1] : 0;
   2130        1.3  christos       n = got->n_slots[j] - n;
   2131        1.3  christos 
   2132        1.3  christos       if (use_neg_got_offsets_p && n != 0)
   2133        1.3  christos 	{
   2134        1.3  christos 	  if (i < 0)
   2135        1.3  christos 	    /* We first fill the positive side of the range, so we might
   2136        1.3  christos 	       end up with one empty slot at that side when we can't fit
   2137        1.3  christos 	       whole 2-slot entry.  Account for that at negative side of
   2138        1.3  christos 	       the interval with one additional entry.  */
   2139        1.3  christos 	    n = n / 2 + 1;
   2140        1.3  christos 	  else
   2141        1.3  christos 	    /* When the number of slots is odd, make positive side of the
   2142        1.3  christos 	       range one entry bigger.  */
   2143        1.3  christos 	    n = (n + 1) / 2;
   2144        1.1     skrll 	}
   2145        1.3  christos 
   2146        1.3  christos       /* N is the number of slots that require I offsets.
   2147        1.3  christos 	 Calculate length of the range for I offsets.  */
   2148        1.1     skrll       n = 4 * n;
   2149        1.3  christos 
   2150        1.3  christos       /* Set end of the range.  */
   2151        1.1     skrll       arg_.offset2[i] = start_offset + n;
   2152        1.3  christos 
   2153        1.1     skrll       start_offset = arg_.offset2[i];
   2154        1.1     skrll     }
   2155        1.3  christos 
   2156        1.3  christos   if (!use_neg_got_offsets_p)
   2157        1.3  christos     /* Make sure that if we try to switch to negative offsets in
   2158        1.3  christos        elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_1, the assert therein will catch
   2159        1.3  christos        the bug.  */
   2160        1.3  christos     for (i = R_8; i <= R_32; ++i)
   2161        1.1     skrll       arg_.offset2[-i - 1] = arg_.offset2[i];
   2162        1.3  christos 
   2163        1.3  christos   /* Setup got->offset.  offset1[R_8] is either in the middle or at the
   2164        1.3  christos      beginning of GOT depending on use_neg_got_offsets_p.  */
   2165        1.1     skrll   got->offset = arg_.offset1[R_8];
   2166        1.1     skrll 
   2167        1.3  christos   arg_.symndx2h = symndx2h;
   2168        1.1     skrll   arg_.n_ldm_entries = 0;
   2169        1.3  christos 
   2170        1.1     skrll   /* Assign offsets.  */
   2171        1.1     skrll   htab_traverse (got->entries, elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_1, &arg_);
   2172        1.3  christos 
   2173        1.3  christos   /* Check offset ranges we have actually assigned.  */
   2174        1.3  christos   for (i = (int) R_8; i <= (int) R_32; ++i)
   2175        1.1     skrll     BFD_ASSERT (arg_.offset2[i] - arg_.offset1[i] <= 4);
   2176        1.3  christos 
   2177        1.3  christos   *final_offset = start_offset;
   2178        1.1     skrll   *n_ldm_entries = arg_.n_ldm_entries;
   2179        1.1     skrll }
   2180        1.1     skrll 
   2181        1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg
   2182        1.1     skrll {
   2183        1.1     skrll   /* The GOT we are adding entries to.  Aka big got.  */
   2184        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *current_got;
   2185        1.1     skrll 
   2186        1.1     skrll   /* Offset to assign the next CURRENT_GOT.  */
   2187        1.1     skrll   bfd_vma offset;
   2188        1.1     skrll 
   2189        1.1     skrll   /* Context where memory should be allocated.  */
   2190        1.1     skrll   struct bfd_link_info *info;
   2191        1.3  christos 
   2192        1.1     skrll   /* Total number of slots in the .got section.
   2193        1.3  christos      This is used to calculate size of the .got and .rela.got sections.  */
   2194        1.1     skrll   bfd_vma n_slots;
   2195        1.3  christos 
   2196        1.3  christos   /* Difference in numbers of allocated slots in the .got section
   2197        1.1     skrll      and necessary relocations in the .rela.got section.
   2198        1.3  christos      This is used to calculate size of the .rela.got section.  */
   2199        1.1     skrll   bfd_vma slots_relas_diff;
   2200        1.1     skrll 
   2201        1.1     skrll   /* Error flag.  */
   2202        1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean error_p;
   2203        1.1     skrll 
   2204        1.1     skrll   /* Mapping from global symndx to global symbols.
   2205        1.1     skrll      This is used to build lists of got entries for global symbols.  */
   2206        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry **symndx2h;
   2207        1.1     skrll };
   2208        1.3  christos 
   2209        1.3  christos static void
   2210        1.3  christos elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_2 (struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *arg)
   2211        1.3  christos {
   2212        1.3  christos   bfd_vma n_ldm_entries;
   2213        1.3  christos 
   2214        1.3  christos   elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets (arg->current_got,
   2215        1.3  christos 				 (elf_m68k_hash_table (arg->info)
   2216        1.3  christos 				  ->use_neg_got_offsets_p),
   2217        1.3  christos 				 arg->symndx2h,
   2218        1.3  christos 				 &arg->offset, &n_ldm_entries);
   2219        1.3  christos 
   2220        1.3  christos   arg->n_slots += arg->current_got->n_slots[R_32];
   2221        1.6  christos 
   2222        1.3  christos   if (!bfd_link_pic (arg->info))
   2223        1.3  christos     /* If we are generating a shared object, we need to
   2224        1.3  christos        output a R_68K_RELATIVE reloc so that the dynamic
   2225        1.3  christos        linker can adjust this GOT entry.  Overwise we
   2226        1.3  christos        don't need space in .rela.got for local symbols.  */
   2227        1.3  christos     arg->slots_relas_diff += arg->current_got->local_n_slots;
   2228        1.3  christos 
   2229        1.3  christos   /* @LDM relocations require a 2-slot GOT entry, but only
   2230        1.3  christos      one relocation.  Account for that.  */
   2231        1.3  christos   arg->slots_relas_diff += n_ldm_entries;
   2232        1.3  christos 
   2233        1.3  christos   BFD_ASSERT (arg->slots_relas_diff <= arg->n_slots);
   2234        1.3  christos }
   2235        1.3  christos 
   2236        1.1     skrll 
   2237        1.1     skrll /* Process a single BFD2GOT entry and either merge GOT to CURRENT_GOT
   2238        1.1     skrll    or start a new CURRENT_GOT.  */
   2239        1.1     skrll 
   2240        1.1     skrll static int
   2241        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_1 (void **_entry, void *_arg)
   2242        1.1     skrll {
   2243        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *entry;
   2244        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *arg;
   2245        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
   2246        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got diff_;
   2247        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *diff;
   2248        1.1     skrll 
   2249        1.1     skrll   entry = (struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) *_entry;
   2250        1.1     skrll   arg = (struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *) _arg;
   2251        1.1     skrll 
   2252        1.1     skrll   got = entry->got;
   2253        1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
   2254        1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (got->offset == (bfd_vma) -1);
   2255        1.1     skrll 
   2256        1.1     skrll   diff = NULL;
   2257        1.1     skrll 
   2258        1.1     skrll   if (arg->current_got != NULL)
   2259        1.1     skrll     /* Construct diff.  */
   2260        1.1     skrll     {
   2261        1.3  christos       diff = &diff_;
   2262        1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_init_got (diff);
   2263        1.1     skrll 
   2264        1.1     skrll       if (!elf_m68k_can_merge_gots (arg->current_got, got, arg->info, diff))
   2265        1.1     skrll 	{
   2266        1.1     skrll 	  if (diff->offset == 0)
   2267        1.1     skrll 	    /* Offset set to 0 in the diff_ indicates an error.  */
   2268        1.1     skrll 	    {
   2269        1.1     skrll 	      arg->error_p = TRUE;
   2270        1.1     skrll 	      goto final_return;
   2271        1.1     skrll 	    }
   2272        1.1     skrll 
   2273        1.1     skrll 	  if (elf_m68k_hash_table (arg->info)->allow_multigot_p)
   2274        1.1     skrll 	    {
   2275        1.3  christos 	      elf_m68k_clear_got (diff);
   2276        1.1     skrll 	      /* Schedule to finish up current_got and start new one.  */
   2277        1.1     skrll 	      diff = NULL;
   2278        1.1     skrll 	    }
   2279        1.1     skrll 	  /* else
   2280        1.1     skrll 	     Merge GOTs no matter what.  If big GOT overflows,
   2281        1.1     skrll 	     we'll fail in relocate_section due to truncated relocations.
   2282        1.1     skrll 
   2283        1.1     skrll 	     ??? May be fail earlier?  E.g., in can_merge_gots.  */
   2284        1.1     skrll 	}
   2285        1.1     skrll     }
   2286        1.1     skrll   else
   2287        1.1     skrll     /* Diff of got against empty current_got is got itself.  */
   2288        1.3  christos     {
   2289        1.1     skrll       /* Create empty current_got to put subsequent GOTs to.  */
   2290        1.1     skrll       arg->current_got = elf_m68k_create_empty_got (arg->info);
   2291        1.1     skrll       if (arg->current_got == NULL)
   2292        1.1     skrll 	{
   2293        1.1     skrll 	  arg->error_p = TRUE;
   2294        1.1     skrll 	  goto final_return;
   2295        1.1     skrll 	}
   2296        1.1     skrll 
   2297        1.1     skrll       arg->current_got->offset = arg->offset;
   2298        1.1     skrll 
   2299        1.1     skrll       diff = got;
   2300        1.1     skrll     }
   2301        1.1     skrll 
   2302        1.1     skrll   if (diff != NULL)
   2303        1.3  christos     {
   2304        1.1     skrll       if (!elf_m68k_merge_gots (arg->current_got, diff, arg->info))
   2305        1.1     skrll 	{
   2306        1.1     skrll 	  arg->error_p = TRUE;
   2307        1.1     skrll 	  goto final_return;
   2308        1.1     skrll 	}
   2309        1.1     skrll 
   2310        1.1     skrll       /* Now we can free GOT.  */
   2311        1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_clear_got (got);
   2312        1.3  christos 
   2313        1.1     skrll       entry->got = arg->current_got;
   2314        1.1     skrll     }
   2315        1.1     skrll   else
   2316        1.3  christos     {
   2317        1.3  christos       /* Finish up current_got.  */
   2318        1.3  christos       elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_2 (arg);
   2319        1.1     skrll 
   2320        1.1     skrll       /* Schedule to start a new current_got.  */
   2321        1.1     skrll       arg->current_got = NULL;
   2322        1.1     skrll 
   2323        1.1     skrll       /* Retry.  */
   2324        1.1     skrll       if (!elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_1 (_entry, _arg))
   2325        1.1     skrll 	{
   2326        1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (arg->error_p);
   2327        1.1     skrll 	  goto final_return;
   2328        1.1     skrll 	}
   2329        1.1     skrll     }
   2330        1.1     skrll 
   2331        1.1     skrll  final_return:
   2332        1.1     skrll   if (diff != NULL)
   2333        1.1     skrll     elf_m68k_clear_got (diff);
   2334  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 
   2335        1.1     skrll   return !arg->error_p;
   2336        1.1     skrll }
   2337        1.1     skrll 
   2338        1.1     skrll /* Helper function to build symndx2h mapping.  */
   2339        1.1     skrll 
   2340        1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   2341        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_init_symndx2h_1 (struct elf_link_hash_entry *_h,
   2342        1.1     skrll 			  void *_arg)
   2343        1.1     skrll {
   2344        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *h;
   2345        1.1     skrll 
   2346        1.1     skrll   h = elf_m68k_hash_entry (_h);
   2347        1.1     skrll 
   2348        1.1     skrll   if (h->got_entry_key != 0)
   2349        1.1     skrll     /* H has at least one entry in the GOT.  */
   2350        1.1     skrll     {
   2351        1.1     skrll       struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *arg;
   2352        1.1     skrll 
   2353        1.1     skrll       arg = (struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *) _arg;
   2354        1.1     skrll 
   2355        1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (arg->symndx2h[h->got_entry_key] == NULL);
   2356        1.1     skrll       arg->symndx2h[h->got_entry_key] = h;
   2357        1.1     skrll     }
   2358        1.1     skrll 
   2359        1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   2360        1.1     skrll }
   2361        1.1     skrll 
   2362        1.1     skrll /* Merge GOTs of some BFDs, assign offsets to GOT entries and build
   2363        1.1     skrll    lists of GOT entries for global symbols.
   2364        1.1     skrll    Calculate sizes of .got and .rela.got sections.  */
   2365        1.1     skrll 
   2366        1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   2367        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_partition_multi_got (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2368        1.1     skrll {
   2369        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_multi_got *multi_got;
   2370        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg arg_;
   2371        1.1     skrll 
   2372        1.1     skrll   multi_got = elf_m68k_multi_got (info);
   2373        1.1     skrll 
   2374        1.1     skrll   arg_.current_got = NULL;
   2375        1.1     skrll   arg_.offset = 0;
   2376        1.3  christos   arg_.info = info;
   2377        1.3  christos   arg_.n_slots = 0;
   2378        1.1     skrll   arg_.slots_relas_diff = 0;
   2379        1.1     skrll   arg_.error_p = FALSE;
   2380        1.1     skrll 
   2381        1.1     skrll   if (multi_got->bfd2got != NULL)
   2382        1.1     skrll     {
   2383        1.1     skrll       /* Initialize symndx2h mapping.  */
   2384        1.1     skrll       {
   2385        1.1     skrll 	arg_.symndx2h = bfd_zmalloc (multi_got->global_symndx
   2386        1.1     skrll 				     * sizeof (*arg_.symndx2h));
   2387        1.1     skrll 	if (arg_.symndx2h == NULL)
   2388        1.1     skrll 	  return FALSE;
   2389        1.1     skrll 
   2390        1.1     skrll 	elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
   2391        1.1     skrll 				elf_m68k_init_symndx2h_1, &arg_);
   2392        1.1     skrll       }
   2393        1.1     skrll 
   2394        1.1     skrll       /* Partition.  */
   2395        1.1     skrll       htab_traverse (multi_got->bfd2got, elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_1,
   2396        1.1     skrll 		     &arg_);
   2397        1.1     skrll       if (arg_.error_p)
   2398        1.1     skrll 	{
   2399        1.1     skrll 	  free (arg_.symndx2h);
   2400        1.1     skrll 	  arg_.symndx2h = NULL;
   2401        1.1     skrll 
   2402        1.1     skrll 	  return FALSE;
   2403        1.1     skrll 	}
   2404        1.1     skrll 
   2405        1.3  christos       /* Finish up last current_got.  */
   2406        1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_2 (&arg_);
   2407        1.1     skrll 
   2408        1.1     skrll       free (arg_.symndx2h);
   2409        1.1     skrll     }
   2410        1.1     skrll 
   2411        1.1     skrll   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj != NULL)
   2412        1.1     skrll     /* Set sizes of .got and .rela.got sections.  */
   2413        1.1     skrll     {
   2414        1.1     skrll       asection *s;
   2415  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 
   2416        1.1     skrll       s = elf_hash_table (info)->sgot;
   2417        1.3  christos       if (s != NULL)
   2418        1.1     skrll 	s->size = arg_.offset;
   2419        1.3  christos       else
   2420        1.1     skrll 	BFD_ASSERT (arg_.offset == 0);
   2421        1.3  christos 
   2422        1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (arg_.slots_relas_diff <= arg_.n_slots);
   2423        1.1     skrll       arg_.n_slots -= arg_.slots_relas_diff;
   2424  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 
   2425        1.1     skrll       s = elf_hash_table (info)->srelgot;
   2426        1.3  christos       if (s != NULL)
   2427        1.1     skrll 	s->size = arg_.n_slots * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2428        1.3  christos       else
   2429        1.1     skrll 	BFD_ASSERT (arg_.n_slots == 0);
   2430        1.1     skrll     }
   2431        1.1     skrll   else
   2432        1.1     skrll     BFD_ASSERT (multi_got->bfd2got == NULL);
   2433        1.1     skrll 
   2434        1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   2435        1.1     skrll }
   2436        1.1     skrll 
   2437        1.1     skrll /* Copy any information related to dynamic linking from a pre-existing
   2438        1.1     skrll    symbol to a newly created symbol.  Also called to copy flags and
   2439        1.1     skrll    other back-end info to a weakdef, in which case the symbol is not
   2440        1.1     skrll    newly created and plt/got refcounts and dynamic indices should not
   2441        1.1     skrll    be copied.  */
   2442        1.1     skrll 
   2443        1.1     skrll static void
   2444        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2445        1.1     skrll 			       struct elf_link_hash_entry *_dir,
   2446        1.1     skrll 			       struct elf_link_hash_entry *_ind)
   2447        1.1     skrll {
   2448        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *dir;
   2449        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *ind;
   2450        1.1     skrll 
   2451        1.1     skrll   _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, _dir, _ind);
   2452        1.1     skrll 
   2453        1.1     skrll   if (_ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
   2454        1.1     skrll     return;
   2455        1.1     skrll 
   2456        1.1     skrll   dir = elf_m68k_hash_entry (_dir);
   2457        1.1     skrll   ind = elf_m68k_hash_entry (_ind);
   2458        1.3  christos 
   2459        1.3  christos   /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
   2460        1.3  christos      definition will be against the target symbol.  */
   2461        1.3  christos   _dir->non_got_ref |= _ind->non_got_ref;
   2462        1.1     skrll 
   2463        1.1     skrll   /* We might have a direct symbol already having entries in the GOTs.
   2464        1.1     skrll      Update its key only in case indirect symbol has GOT entries and
   2465        1.1     skrll      assert that both indirect and direct symbols don't have GOT entries
   2466        1.1     skrll      at the same time.  */
   2467        1.1     skrll   if (ind->got_entry_key != 0)
   2468        1.1     skrll     {
   2469        1.2   mbalmer       BFD_ASSERT (dir->got_entry_key == 0);
   2470        1.1     skrll       /* Assert that GOTs aren't partitioned yet.  */
   2471        1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (ind->glist == NULL);
   2472        1.1     skrll 
   2473        1.1     skrll       dir->got_entry_key = ind->got_entry_key;
   2474        1.1     skrll       ind->got_entry_key = 0;
   2475        1.1     skrll     }
   2476        1.1     skrll }
   2477        1.1     skrll 
   2478        1.1     skrll /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
   2479        1.1     skrll    allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
   2480        1.1     skrll    table.  */
   2481        1.1     skrll 
   2482        1.4  christos static bfd_boolean
   2483        1.4  christos elf_m68k_check_relocs (bfd *abfd,
   2484        1.4  christos 		       struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2485        1.4  christos 		       asection *sec,
   2486        1.1     skrll 		       const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
   2487        1.1     skrll {
   2488        1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   2489        1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   2490        1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   2491        1.1     skrll   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   2492        1.1     skrll   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
   2493        1.1     skrll   asection *sreloc;
   2494        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
   2495        1.6  christos 
   2496        1.1     skrll   if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   2497        1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   2498        1.1     skrll 
   2499        1.1     skrll   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   2500        1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
   2501        1.1     skrll   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
   2502        1.1     skrll 
   2503        1.1     skrll   sreloc = NULL;
   2504        1.1     skrll 
   2505        1.1     skrll   got = NULL;
   2506        1.1     skrll 
   2507        1.1     skrll   rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
   2508        1.1     skrll   for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
   2509        1.1     skrll     {
   2510        1.1     skrll       unsigned long r_symndx;
   2511        1.1     skrll       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   2512        1.1     skrll 
   2513        1.1     skrll       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   2514        1.1     skrll 
   2515        1.1     skrll       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   2516        1.1     skrll 	h = NULL;
   2517        1.1     skrll       else
   2518        1.1     skrll 	{
   2519        1.1     skrll 	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
   2520        1.1     skrll 	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   2521        1.1     skrll 		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   2522        1.1     skrll 	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   2523        1.1     skrll 	}
   2524        1.1     skrll 
   2525        1.1     skrll       switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   2526        1.1     skrll 	{
   2527        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT8:
   2528        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT16:
   2529        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT32:
   2530        1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL
   2531        1.1     skrll 	      && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
   2532        1.1     skrll 	    break;
   2533        1.3  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2534        1.3  christos 
   2535        1.1     skrll 	  /* Relative GOT relocations.  */
   2536        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT8O:
   2537        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT16O:
   2538        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_GOT32O:
   2539        1.3  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2540        1.3  christos 
   2541        1.3  christos 	  /* TLS relocations.  */
   2542        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
   2543        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
   2544        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   2545        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
   2546        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
   2547        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   2548        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
   2549        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
   2550        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   2551        1.3  christos 
   2552        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_TPREL32:
   2553        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32:
   2554        1.3  christos 
   2555        1.6  christos 	  if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_TLS_TPREL32
   2556        1.3  christos 	      && bfd_link_pic (info))
   2557        1.3  christos 	    /* Do the special chorus for libraries with static TLS.  */
   2558        1.3  christos 	    info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
   2559        1.1     skrll 
   2560        1.1     skrll 	  /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry.  */
   2561        1.1     skrll 
   2562        1.1     skrll 	  if (dynobj == NULL)
   2563        1.1     skrll 	    {
   2564        1.1     skrll 	      /* Create the .got section.  */
   2565        1.1     skrll 	      elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
   2566        1.1     skrll 	      if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
   2567        1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   2568        1.1     skrll 	    }
   2569        1.1     skrll 
   2570        1.1     skrll 	  if (got == NULL)
   2571        1.1     skrll 	    {
   2572        1.1     skrll 	      struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *bfd2got_entry;
   2573        1.1     skrll 
   2574        1.1     skrll 	      bfd2got_entry
   2575        1.1     skrll 		= elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
   2576        1.1     skrll 					      abfd, FIND_OR_CREATE, info);
   2577        1.1     skrll 	      if (bfd2got_entry == NULL)
   2578        1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   2579        1.1     skrll 
   2580        1.1     skrll 	      got = bfd2got_entry->got;
   2581        1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
   2582        1.1     skrll 	    }
   2583        1.1     skrll 
   2584        1.1     skrll 	  {
   2585        1.1     skrll 	    struct elf_m68k_got_entry *got_entry;
   2586        1.1     skrll 
   2587        1.1     skrll 	    /* Add entry to got.  */
   2588        1.1     skrll 	    got_entry = elf_m68k_add_entry_to_got (got, h, abfd,
   2589        1.1     skrll 						   ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info),
   2590        1.1     skrll 						   r_symndx, info);
   2591        1.1     skrll 	    if (got_entry == NULL)
   2592        1.1     skrll 	      return FALSE;
   2593        1.1     skrll 
   2594        1.1     skrll 	    if (got_entry->u.s1.refcount == 1)
   2595        1.1     skrll 	      {
   2596        1.1     skrll 		/* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.  */
   2597        1.1     skrll 		if (h != NULL
   2598        1.1     skrll 		    && h->dynindx == -1
   2599        1.1     skrll 		    && !h->forced_local)
   2600        1.1     skrll 		  {
   2601        1.1     skrll 		    if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2602        1.1     skrll 		      return FALSE;
   2603        1.1     skrll 		  }
   2604        1.1     skrll 	      }
   2605        1.1     skrll 	  }
   2606        1.1     skrll 
   2607        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2608        1.1     skrll 
   2609        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT8:
   2610        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT16:
   2611        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT32:
   2612        1.1     skrll 	  /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  We
   2613  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	     actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
   2614  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	     because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
   2615  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	     never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
   2616  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	     don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
   2617        1.1     skrll 	     after all.  */
   2618        1.1     skrll 
   2619        1.1     skrll 	  /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
   2620        1.1     skrll 	     creating a procedure linkage table entry.  */
   2621        1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL)
   2622        1.1     skrll 	    continue;
   2623        1.1     skrll 
   2624        1.1     skrll 	  h->needs_plt = 1;
   2625        1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.refcount++;
   2626        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2627        1.1     skrll 
   2628        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT8O:
   2629        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT16O:
   2630        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT32O:
   2631        1.1     skrll 	  /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  */
   2632        1.1     skrll 
   2633        1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL)
   2634        1.1     skrll 	    {
   2635        1.1     skrll 	      /* It does not make sense to have this relocation for a
   2636        1.1     skrll 		 local symbol.  FIXME: does it?  How to handle it if
   2637        1.1     skrll 		 it does make sense?  */
   2638        1.1     skrll 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   2639        1.1     skrll 	      return FALSE;
   2640        1.1     skrll 	    }
   2641        1.1     skrll 
   2642        1.1     skrll 	  /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.  */
   2643        1.1     skrll 	  if (h->dynindx == -1
   2644        1.1     skrll 	      && !h->forced_local)
   2645        1.1     skrll 	    {
   2646        1.1     skrll 	      if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2647        1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   2648        1.1     skrll 	    }
   2649        1.1     skrll 
   2650        1.1     skrll 	  h->needs_plt = 1;
   2651        1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.refcount++;
   2652        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2653        1.1     skrll 
   2654        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PC8:
   2655        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PC16:
   2656        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PC32:
   2657        1.1     skrll 	  /* If we are creating a shared library and this is not a local
   2658        1.1     skrll 	     symbol, we need to copy the reloc into the shared library.
   2659        1.1     skrll 	     However when linking with -Bsymbolic and this is a global
   2660        1.1     skrll 	     symbol which is defined in an object we are including in the
   2661        1.1     skrll 	     link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set), then we can resolve the
   2662        1.1     skrll 	     reloc directly.  At this point we have not seen all the input
   2663        1.1     skrll 	     files, so it is possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but
   2664        1.1     skrll 	     will be set later (it is never cleared).  We account for that
   2665        1.1     skrll 	     possibility below by storing information in the
   2666        1.6  christos 	     pcrel_relocs_copied field of the hash table entry.  */
   2667        1.1     skrll 	  if (!(bfd_link_pic (info)
   2668        1.1     skrll 		&& (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   2669        1.6  christos 		&& h != NULL
   2670        1.1     skrll 		&& (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
   2671        1.1     skrll 		    || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
   2672        1.1     skrll 		    || !h->def_regular)))
   2673        1.1     skrll 	    {
   2674        1.1     skrll 	      if (h != NULL)
   2675        1.1     skrll 		{
   2676        1.1     skrll 		  /* Make sure a plt entry is created for this symbol if
   2677        1.1     skrll 		     it turns out to be a function defined by a dynamic
   2678        1.1     skrll 		     object.  */
   2679        1.1     skrll 		  h->plt.refcount++;
   2680        1.1     skrll 		}
   2681        1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2682        1.1     skrll 	    }
   2683        1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2684        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_8:
   2685        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_16:
   2686        1.4  christos 	case R_68K_32:
   2687        1.4  christos 	  /* We don't need to handle relocs into sections not going into
   2688        1.4  christos 	     the "real" output.  */
   2689        1.4  christos 	  if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
   2690        1.4  christos 	      break;
   2691        1.1     skrll 
   2692        1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL)
   2693        1.1     skrll 	    {
   2694        1.1     skrll 	      /* Make sure a plt entry is created for this symbol if it
   2695        1.1     skrll 		 turns out to be a function defined by a dynamic object.  */
   2696        1.3  christos 	      h->plt.refcount++;
   2697        1.6  christos 
   2698        1.3  christos 	      if (bfd_link_executable (info))
   2699        1.3  christos 		/* This symbol needs a non-GOT reference.  */
   2700        1.1     skrll 		h->non_got_ref = 1;
   2701        1.1     skrll 	    }
   2702        1.1     skrll 
   2703        1.1     skrll 	  /* If we are creating a shared library, we need to copy the
   2704  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	     reloc into the shared library.  */
   2705  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   2706  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	      && (h == NULL
   2707        1.1     skrll 		  || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)))
   2708        1.1     skrll 	    {
   2709        1.1     skrll 	      /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
   2710        1.1     skrll 		 reloc types into the output file.  We create a reloc
   2711        1.1     skrll 		 section in dynobj and make room for this reloc.  */
   2712        1.1     skrll 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   2713        1.3  christos 		{
   2714        1.3  christos 		  sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
   2715        1.1     skrll 		    (sec, dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
   2716        1.3  christos 
   2717        1.1     skrll 		  if (sreloc == NULL)
   2718        1.1     skrll 		    return FALSE;
   2719        1.1     skrll 		}
   2720        1.1     skrll 
   2721        1.1     skrll 	      if (sec->flags & SEC_READONLY
   2722        1.1     skrll 		  /* Don't set DF_TEXTREL yet for PC relative
   2723        1.1     skrll 		     relocations, they might be discarded later.  */
   2724        1.1     skrll 		  && !(ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC8
   2725        1.1     skrll 		       || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC16
   2726        1.7  christos 		       || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC32))
   2727        1.7  christos 		{
   2728        1.7  christos 		  if (info->warn_shared_textrel)
   2729        1.8  christos 		    (*_bfd_error_handler)
   2730        1.8  christos 		      (_("warning: dynamic relocation to `%s' in readonly section `%s'"),
   2731        1.7  christos 		      h->root.root.string, sec->name);
   2732        1.7  christos 		  info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   2733        1.1     skrll 		}
   2734        1.1     skrll 
   2735        1.1     skrll 	      sreloc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2736        1.1     skrll 
   2737        1.1     skrll 	      /* We count the number of PC relative relocations we have
   2738        1.1     skrll 		 entered for this symbol, so that we can discard them
   2739        1.1     skrll 		 again if, in the -Bsymbolic case, the symbol is later
   2740        1.1     skrll 		 defined by a regular object, or, in the normal shared
   2741        1.1     skrll 		 case, the symbol is forced to be local.  Note that this
   2742        1.1     skrll 		 function is only called if we are using an m68kelf linker
   2743        1.1     skrll 		 hash table, which means that h is really a pointer to an
   2744        1.1     skrll 		 elf_m68k_link_hash_entry.  */
   2745        1.1     skrll 	      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC8
   2746        1.1     skrll 		  || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC16
   2747        1.1     skrll 		  || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC32)
   2748        1.1     skrll 		{
   2749        1.1     skrll 		  struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *p;
   2750        1.1     skrll 		  struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied **head;
   2751        1.1     skrll 
   2752        1.1     skrll 		  if (h != NULL)
   2753        1.1     skrll 		    {
   2754        1.1     skrll 		      struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *eh
   2755        1.1     skrll 			= elf_m68k_hash_entry (h);
   2756        1.1     skrll 		      head = &eh->pcrel_relocs_copied;
   2757        1.1     skrll 		    }
   2758        1.1     skrll 		  else
   2759        1.1     skrll 		    {
   2760        1.1     skrll 		      asection *s;
   2761        1.3  christos 		      void *vpp;
   2762        1.3  christos 		      Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
   2763        1.3  christos 
   2764        1.3  christos 		      isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->sym_cache,
   2765        1.3  christos 						    abfd, r_symndx);
   2766        1.3  christos 		      if (isym == NULL)
   2767        1.1     skrll 			return FALSE;
   2768        1.3  christos 
   2769        1.1     skrll 		      s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
   2770        1.3  christos 		      if (s == NULL)
   2771        1.1     skrll 			s = sec;
   2772        1.1     skrll 
   2773        1.1     skrll 		      vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
   2774        1.1     skrll 		      head = (struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied **) vpp;
   2775        1.1     skrll 		    }
   2776        1.1     skrll 
   2777        1.1     skrll 		  for (p = *head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
   2778        1.1     skrll 		    if (p->section == sreloc)
   2779        1.1     skrll 		      break;
   2780        1.1     skrll 
   2781        1.1     skrll 		  if (p == NULL)
   2782        1.1     skrll 		    {
   2783        1.1     skrll 		      p = ((struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *)
   2784        1.1     skrll 			   bfd_alloc (dynobj, (bfd_size_type) sizeof *p));
   2785        1.1     skrll 		      if (p == NULL)
   2786        1.1     skrll 			return FALSE;
   2787        1.1     skrll 		      p->next = *head;
   2788        1.1     skrll 		      *head = p;
   2789        1.1     skrll 		      p->section = sreloc;
   2790        1.1     skrll 		      p->count = 0;
   2791        1.1     skrll 		    }
   2792        1.1     skrll 
   2793        1.1     skrll 		  ++p->count;
   2794        1.1     skrll 		}
   2795        1.1     skrll 	    }
   2796        1.1     skrll 
   2797        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2798        1.1     skrll 
   2799        1.1     skrll 	  /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
   2800        1.1     skrll 	     Reconstruct it for later use during GC.  */
   2801        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   2802        1.1     skrll 	  if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
   2803        1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   2804        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2805        1.1     skrll 
   2806        1.1     skrll 	  /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
   2807        1.1     skrll 	     used.  Record for later use during GC.  */
   2808        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY:
   2809        1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
   2810        1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL
   2811        1.1     skrll 	      && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
   2812        1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   2813        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2814        1.1     skrll 
   2815        1.1     skrll 	default:
   2816        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2817        1.1     skrll 	}
   2818        1.1     skrll     }
   2819        1.1     skrll 
   2820        1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   2821        1.1     skrll }
   2822        1.1     skrll 
   2823        1.1     skrll /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
   2824        1.1     skrll    relocation.  */
   2825        1.1     skrll 
   2826        1.1     skrll static asection *
   2827        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
   2828        1.1     skrll 		       struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2829        1.1     skrll 		       Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
   2830        1.1     skrll 		       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   2831        1.1     skrll 		       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   2832        1.1     skrll {
   2833        1.1     skrll   if (h != NULL)
   2834        1.1     skrll     switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   2835        1.1     skrll       {
   2836        1.1     skrll       case R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   2837        1.1     skrll       case R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY:
   2838        1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   2839        1.1     skrll       }
   2840        1.1     skrll 
   2841        1.1     skrll   return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
   2842        1.1     skrll }
   2843        1.1     skrll 
   2844        1.1     skrll /* Return the type of PLT associated with OUTPUT_BFD.  */
   2846        1.1     skrll 
   2847        1.1     skrll static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *
   2848        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_get_plt_info (bfd *output_bfd)
   2849        1.1     skrll {
   2850        1.1     skrll   unsigned int features;
   2851        1.1     skrll 
   2852        1.1     skrll   features = bfd_m68k_mach_to_features (bfd_get_mach (output_bfd));
   2853        1.1     skrll   if (features & cpu32)
   2854        1.1     skrll     return &elf_cpu32_plt_info;
   2855        1.1     skrll   if (features & mcfisa_b)
   2856        1.1     skrll     return &elf_isab_plt_info;
   2857        1.1     skrll   if (features & mcfisa_c)
   2858        1.1     skrll     return &elf_isac_plt_info;
   2859        1.1     skrll   return &elf_m68k_plt_info;
   2860        1.1     skrll }
   2861        1.1     skrll 
   2862        1.1     skrll /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
   2863        1.1     skrll    and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.
   2864        1.1     skrll    It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style.  */
   2865        1.1     skrll 
   2866        1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   2867        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2868        1.1     skrll {
   2869        1.1     skrll   /* Bind input BFDs to GOTs and calculate sizes of .got and .rela.got
   2870        1.1     skrll      sections.  */
   2871        1.1     skrll   if (!elf_m68k_partition_multi_got (info))
   2872        1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   2873        1.1     skrll 
   2874        1.1     skrll   elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->plt_info = elf_m68k_get_plt_info (output_bfd);
   2875        1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   2876        1.1     skrll }
   2877        1.1     skrll 
   2878        1.1     skrll /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
   2879        1.1     skrll    regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
   2880        1.1     skrll    dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
   2881        1.1     skrll    change the definition to something the rest of the link can
   2882        1.1     skrll    understand.  */
   2883        1.4  christos 
   2884        1.4  christos static bfd_boolean
   2885        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2886        1.1     skrll 				struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
   2887        1.1     skrll {
   2888        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *htab;
   2889        1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   2890        1.1     skrll   asection *s;
   2891  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 
   2892        1.1     skrll   htab = elf_m68k_hash_table (info);
   2893        1.1     skrll   dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
   2894        1.1     skrll 
   2895        1.1     skrll   /* Make sure we know what is going on here.  */
   2896        1.5      matt   BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
   2897  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	      && (h->needs_plt
   2898        1.1     skrll 		  || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   2899        1.1     skrll 		  || h->is_weakalias
   2900        1.1     skrll 		  || (h->def_dynamic
   2901        1.1     skrll 		      && h->ref_regular
   2902        1.1     skrll 		      && !h->def_regular)));
   2903        1.1     skrll 
   2904        1.1     skrll   /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table.  We
   2905        1.5      matt      will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
   2906        1.1     skrll      when we know the address of the .got section.  */
   2907        1.1     skrll   if ((h->type == STT_FUNC || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   2908        1.1     skrll       || h->needs_plt)
   2909  1.10.12.1  pgoyette     {
   2910  1.10.12.1  pgoyette       if ((h->plt.refcount <= 0
   2911  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	   || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
   2912        1.1     skrll 	   || ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
   2913        1.1     skrll 		|| UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
   2914        1.1     skrll 	       && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   2915        1.1     skrll 	  /* We must always create the plt entry if it was referenced
   2916        1.1     skrll 	     by a PLTxxO relocation.  In this case we already recorded
   2917        1.1     skrll 	     it as a dynamic symbol.  */
   2918        1.1     skrll 	  && h->dynindx == -1)
   2919        1.1     skrll 	{
   2920        1.1     skrll 	  /* This case can occur if we saw a PLTxx reloc in an input
   2921        1.1     skrll 	     file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
   2922        1.1     skrll 	     object, or if all references were garbage collected.  In
   2923        1.1     skrll 	     such a case, we don't actually need to build a procedure
   2924        1.1     skrll 	     linkage table, and we can just do a PCxx reloc instead.  */
   2925        1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2926        1.1     skrll 	  h->needs_plt = 0;
   2927        1.1     skrll 	  return TRUE;
   2928        1.1     skrll 	}
   2929        1.1     skrll 
   2930        1.1     skrll       /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.  */
   2931        1.1     skrll       if (h->dynindx == -1
   2932        1.1     skrll 	  && !h->forced_local)
   2933        1.1     skrll 	{
   2934        1.1     skrll 	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2935        1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   2936  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	}
   2937        1.1     skrll 
   2938        1.1     skrll       s = htab->root.splt;
   2939        1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   2940        1.1     skrll 
   2941        1.1     skrll       /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
   2942        1.1     skrll 	 first entry.  */
   2943        1.1     skrll       if (s->size == 0)
   2944        1.1     skrll 	s->size = htab->plt_info->size;
   2945        1.1     skrll 
   2946        1.1     skrll       /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
   2947        1.1     skrll 	 not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
   2948        1.1     skrll 	 location in the .plt.  This is required to make function
   2949        1.6  christos 	 pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
   2950        1.1     skrll 	 the shared library.  */
   2951        1.1     skrll       if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
   2952        1.1     skrll 	  && !h->def_regular)
   2953        1.1     skrll 	{
   2954        1.1     skrll 	  h->root.u.def.section = s;
   2955        1.1     skrll 	  h->root.u.def.value = s->size;
   2956        1.1     skrll 	}
   2957        1.1     skrll 
   2958        1.1     skrll       h->plt.offset = s->size;
   2959        1.1     skrll 
   2960        1.1     skrll       /* Make room for this entry.  */
   2961        1.1     skrll       s->size += htab->plt_info->size;
   2962        1.1     skrll 
   2963  1.10.12.1  pgoyette       /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
   2964        1.1     skrll 	 will be placed in the .got section by the linker script.  */
   2965        1.1     skrll       s = htab->root.sgotplt;
   2966        1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   2967        1.1     skrll       s->size += 4;
   2968  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 
   2969        1.1     skrll       /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
   2970        1.1     skrll       s = htab->root.srelplt;
   2971        1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   2972        1.1     skrll       s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2973        1.1     skrll 
   2974        1.1     skrll       return TRUE;
   2975        1.1     skrll     }
   2976        1.1     skrll 
   2977        1.1     skrll   /* Reinitialize the plt offset now that it is not used as a reference
   2978        1.1     skrll      count any more.  */
   2979        1.1     skrll   h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2980        1.1     skrll 
   2981        1.1     skrll   /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
   2982  1.10.12.1  pgoyette      processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
   2983        1.1     skrll      real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */
   2984  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   if (h->is_weakalias)
   2985  1.10.12.1  pgoyette     {
   2986  1.10.12.1  pgoyette       struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h);
   2987  1.10.12.1  pgoyette       BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
   2988        1.1     skrll       h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section;
   2989        1.1     skrll       h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value;
   2990        1.1     skrll       return TRUE;
   2991        1.1     skrll     }
   2992        1.1     skrll 
   2993        1.1     skrll   /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
   2994        1.1     skrll      is not a function.  */
   2995        1.1     skrll 
   2996        1.1     skrll   /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
   2997        1.1     skrll      only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
   2998        1.6  christos      For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
   2999        1.1     skrll      be handled correctly by relocate_section.  */
   3000        1.1     skrll   if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   3001        1.3  christos     return TRUE;
   3002        1.3  christos 
   3003        1.3  christos   /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
   3004        1.3  christos      GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc.  */
   3005        1.3  christos   if (!h->non_got_ref)
   3006        1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   3007        1.1     skrll 
   3008        1.1     skrll   /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
   3009        1.1     skrll      become part of the .bss section of the executable.  There will be
   3010        1.1     skrll      an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section.  The dynamic
   3011        1.1     skrll      object will contain position independent code, so all references
   3012        1.1     skrll      from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
   3013        1.1     skrll      offset table.  The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
   3014        1.1     skrll      determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
   3015        1.1     skrll      both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
   3016        1.4  christos      same memory location for the variable.  */
   3017        1.1     skrll 
   3018        1.1     skrll   s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynbss");
   3019        1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3020        1.1     skrll 
   3021        1.1     skrll   /* We must generate a R_68K_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
   3022        1.1     skrll      copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
   3023        1.4  christos      runtime process image.  We need to remember the offset into the
   3024        1.1     skrll      .rela.bss section we are going to use.  */
   3025        1.1     skrll   if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
   3026        1.1     skrll     {
   3027        1.4  christos       asection *srel;
   3028        1.1     skrll 
   3029        1.1     skrll       srel = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.bss");
   3030        1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
   3031        1.1     skrll       srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3032        1.1     skrll       h->needs_copy = 1;
   3033        1.6  christos     }
   3034        1.1     skrll 
   3035        1.1     skrll   return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
   3036        1.1     skrll }
   3037        1.1     skrll 
   3038        1.1     skrll /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */
   3039        1.4  christos 
   3040        1.4  christos static bfd_boolean
   3041        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   3042        1.1     skrll 				struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3043        1.1     skrll {
   3044        1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   3045        1.1     skrll   asection *s;
   3046        1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean plt;
   3047        1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean relocs;
   3048        1.1     skrll 
   3049        1.1     skrll   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   3050        1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
   3051        1.1     skrll 
   3052        1.1     skrll   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   3053        1.6  christos     {
   3054        1.1     skrll       /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
   3055        1.4  christos       if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
   3056        1.1     skrll 	{
   3057        1.1     skrll 	  s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
   3058        1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3059        1.1     skrll 	  s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   3060        1.1     skrll 	  s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   3061        1.1     skrll 	}
   3062        1.1     skrll     }
   3063        1.1     skrll   else
   3064        1.1     skrll     {
   3065        1.1     skrll       /* We may have created entries in the .rela.got section.
   3066        1.1     skrll 	 However, if we are not creating the dynamic sections, we will
   3067        1.1     skrll 	 not actually use these entries.  Reset the size of .rela.got,
   3068  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	 which will cause it to get stripped from the output file
   3069        1.1     skrll 	 below.  */
   3070        1.1     skrll       s = elf_hash_table (info)->srelgot;
   3071        1.1     skrll       if (s != NULL)
   3072        1.1     skrll 	s->size = 0;
   3073        1.1     skrll     }
   3074        1.1     skrll 
   3075        1.1     skrll   /* If this is a -Bsymbolic shared link, then we need to discard all
   3076        1.1     skrll      PC relative relocs against symbols defined in a regular object.
   3077        1.1     skrll      For the normal shared case we discard the PC relative relocs
   3078        1.1     skrll      against symbols that have become local due to visibility changes.
   3079        1.6  christos      We allocated space for them in the check_relocs routine, but we
   3080        1.1     skrll      will not fill them in in the relocate_section routine.  */
   3081        1.1     skrll   if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   3082        1.4  christos     elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
   3083        1.1     skrll 			    elf_m68k_discard_copies,
   3084        1.1     skrll 			    info);
   3085        1.1     skrll 
   3086        1.1     skrll   /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
   3087        1.1     skrll      determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.  Allocate
   3088        1.1     skrll      memory for them.  */
   3089        1.1     skrll   plt = FALSE;
   3090        1.1     skrll   relocs = FALSE;
   3091        1.1     skrll   for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
   3092        1.1     skrll     {
   3093        1.1     skrll       const char *name;
   3094        1.1     skrll 
   3095        1.1     skrll       if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
   3096        1.1     skrll 	continue;
   3097        1.1     skrll 
   3098        1.1     skrll       /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
   3099        1.1     skrll 	 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files.  */
   3100        1.1     skrll       name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
   3101        1.1     skrll 
   3102        1.1     skrll       if (strcmp (name, ".plt") == 0)
   3103        1.1     skrll 	{
   3104        1.1     skrll 	  /* Remember whether there is a PLT.  */
   3105        1.1     skrll 	  plt = s->size != 0;
   3106        1.1     skrll 	}
   3107        1.1     skrll       else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rela"))
   3108        1.1     skrll 	{
   3109        1.1     skrll 	  if (s->size != 0)
   3110        1.1     skrll 	    {
   3111        1.1     skrll 	      relocs = TRUE;
   3112        1.1     skrll 
   3113        1.1     skrll 	      /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
   3114        1.1     skrll 		 to copy relocs into the output file.  */
   3115        1.1     skrll 	      s->reloc_count = 0;
   3116        1.1     skrll 	    }
   3117        1.1     skrll 	}
   3118        1.1     skrll       else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".got")
   3119        1.1     skrll 	       && strcmp (name, ".dynbss") != 0)
   3120        1.1     skrll 	{
   3121        1.1     skrll 	  /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space.  */
   3122        1.1     skrll 	  continue;
   3123        1.1     skrll 	}
   3124        1.1     skrll 
   3125        1.1     skrll       if (s->size == 0)
   3126        1.1     skrll 	{
   3127        1.1     skrll 	  /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
   3128        1.1     skrll 	     output file.  This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
   3129        1.1     skrll 	     .rela.plt.  We must create both sections in
   3130        1.1     skrll 	     create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
   3131        1.1     skrll 	     before the linker maps input sections to output
   3132        1.1     skrll 	     sections.  The linker does that before
   3133        1.1     skrll 	     adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
   3134        1.1     skrll 	     function which decides whether anything needs to go
   3135        1.1     skrll 	     into these sections.  */
   3136        1.1     skrll 	  s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
   3137        1.1     skrll 	  continue;
   3138        1.1     skrll 	}
   3139        1.1     skrll 
   3140        1.1     skrll       if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
   3141        1.1     skrll 	continue;
   3142        1.1     skrll 
   3143        1.1     skrll       /* Allocate memory for the section contents.  */
   3144        1.1     skrll       /* FIXME: This should be a call to bfd_alloc not bfd_zalloc.
   3145        1.1     skrll 	 Unused entries should be reclaimed before the section's contents
   3146        1.1     skrll 	 are written out, but at the moment this does not happen.  Thus in
   3147        1.1     skrll 	 order to prevent writing out garbage, we initialise the section's
   3148        1.1     skrll 	 contents to zero.  */
   3149        1.1     skrll       s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
   3150        1.1     skrll       if (s->contents == NULL)
   3151        1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   3152        1.1     skrll     }
   3153        1.1     skrll 
   3154        1.1     skrll   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   3155        1.1     skrll     {
   3156        1.1     skrll       /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section.  We fill in the
   3157        1.1     skrll 	 values later, in elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
   3158        1.1     skrll 	 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
   3159        1.1     skrll 	 the .dynamic section.  The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
   3160        1.1     skrll 	 dynamic linker and used by the debugger.  */
   3161        1.1     skrll #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
   3162        1.6  christos   _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
   3163        1.1     skrll 
   3164        1.1     skrll       if (bfd_link_executable (info))
   3165        1.1     skrll 	{
   3166        1.1     skrll 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
   3167        1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   3168        1.1     skrll 	}
   3169        1.1     skrll 
   3170        1.1     skrll       if (plt)
   3171        1.1     skrll 	{
   3172        1.1     skrll 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
   3173        1.1     skrll 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
   3174        1.1     skrll 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
   3175        1.1     skrll 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
   3176        1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   3177        1.1     skrll 	}
   3178        1.1     skrll 
   3179        1.1     skrll       if (relocs)
   3180        1.1     skrll 	{
   3181        1.1     skrll 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
   3182        1.1     skrll 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
   3183        1.1     skrll 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
   3184        1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   3185        1.1     skrll 	}
   3186        1.1     skrll 
   3187        1.1     skrll       if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
   3188        1.1     skrll 	{
   3189        1.1     skrll 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
   3190        1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   3191        1.1     skrll 	}
   3192        1.1     skrll     }
   3193        1.1     skrll #undef add_dynamic_entry
   3194        1.1     skrll 
   3195        1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   3196        1.1     skrll }
   3197        1.1     skrll 
   3198        1.1     skrll /* This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse if we are
   3199        1.1     skrll    creating a shared object.  In the -Bsymbolic case it discards the
   3200        1.1     skrll    space allocated to copy PC relative relocs against symbols which
   3201        1.1     skrll    are defined in regular objects.  For the normal shared case, it
   3202        1.1     skrll    discards space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to
   3203        1.1     skrll    symbol visibility changes.  We allocated space for them in the
   3204        1.1     skrll    check_relocs routine, but we won't fill them in in the
   3205        1.1     skrll    relocate_section routine.
   3206        1.1     skrll 
   3207        1.1     skrll    We also check whether any of the remaining relocations apply
   3208        1.1     skrll    against a readonly section, and set the DF_TEXTREL flag in this
   3209        1.1     skrll    case.  */
   3210        1.4  christos 
   3211        1.4  christos static bfd_boolean
   3212        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_discard_copies (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   3213        1.1     skrll 			 void * inf)
   3214        1.1     skrll {
   3215        1.1     skrll   struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
   3216        1.3  christos   struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *s;
   3217        1.1     skrll 
   3218        1.1     skrll   if (!SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
   3219        1.1     skrll     {
   3220        1.1     skrll       if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
   3221        1.1     skrll 	{
   3222        1.1     skrll 	  /* Look for relocations against read-only sections.  */
   3223        1.1     skrll 	  for (s = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->pcrel_relocs_copied;
   3224        1.1     skrll 	       s != NULL;
   3225        1.1     skrll 	       s = s->next)
   3226        1.7  christos 	    if ((s->section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
   3227        1.7  christos 	      {
   3228        1.8  christos 		if (info->warn_shared_textrel)
   3229        1.9   mlelstv 		  (*_bfd_error_handler)
   3230        1.1     skrll 		    (_("warning: dynamic relocation to `%s' in readonly section `%s'"),
   3231        1.1     skrll 		    h->root.root.string, s->section->name);
   3232        1.1     skrll 		info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   3233        1.1     skrll 		break;
   3234        1.1     skrll 	      }
   3235        1.4  christos 	}
   3236        1.4  christos 
   3237        1.4  christos       /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic symbol
   3238        1.4  christos 	 in PIEs.  */
   3239        1.4  christos       if (h->non_got_ref
   3240        1.4  christos 	  && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   3241        1.4  christos 	  && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   3242        1.4  christos 	  && h->dynindx == -1
   3243        1.4  christos 	  && !h->forced_local)
   3244        1.4  christos 	{
   3245        1.4  christos 	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   3246        1.4  christos 	    return FALSE;
   3247        1.1     skrll 	}
   3248        1.1     skrll 
   3249        1.1     skrll       return TRUE;
   3250        1.1     skrll     }
   3251        1.1     skrll 
   3252        1.1     skrll   for (s = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->pcrel_relocs_copied;
   3253        1.1     skrll        s != NULL;
   3254        1.1     skrll        s = s->next)
   3255        1.1     skrll     s->section->size -= s->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3256        1.1     skrll 
   3257        1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   3258        1.3  christos }
   3259        1.3  christos 
   3260        1.3  christos 
   3261        1.3  christos /* Install relocation RELA.  */
   3262        1.3  christos 
   3263        1.3  christos static void
   3264        1.3  christos elf_m68k_install_rela (bfd *output_bfd,
   3265        1.3  christos 		       asection *srela,
   3266        1.3  christos 		       Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
   3267        1.3  christos {
   3268        1.3  christos   bfd_byte *loc;
   3269        1.3  christos 
   3270        1.3  christos   loc = srela->contents;
   3271        1.3  christos   loc += srela->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3272        1.3  christos   bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, rela, loc);
   3273        1.3  christos }
   3274        1.3  christos 
   3275        1.3  christos /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
   3276        1.3  christos    for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively.  */
   3277        1.3  christos 
   3278        1.3  christos #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
   3279        1.3  christos #define TP_OFFSET  0x7000
   3280        1.3  christos 
   3281        1.3  christos static bfd_vma
   3282        1.3  christos dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3283        1.3  christos {
   3284        1.3  christos   /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
   3285        1.3  christos   if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
   3286        1.3  christos     return 0;
   3287        1.3  christos   return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
   3288        1.3  christos }
   3289        1.3  christos 
   3290        1.3  christos static bfd_vma
   3291        1.3  christos tpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3292        1.3  christos {
   3293        1.3  christos   /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
   3294        1.3  christos   if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
   3295        1.3  christos     return 0;
   3296        1.3  christos   return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
   3297        1.3  christos }
   3298        1.3  christos 
   3299        1.3  christos /* Output necessary relocation to handle a symbol during static link.
   3300        1.3  christos    This function is called from elf_m68k_relocate_section.  */
   3301        1.3  christos 
   3302        1.3  christos static void
   3303        1.3  christos elf_m68k_init_got_entry_static (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3304        1.3  christos 				bfd *output_bfd,
   3305        1.3  christos 				enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type,
   3306        1.3  christos 				asection *sgot,
   3307        1.3  christos 				bfd_vma got_entry_offset,
   3308        1.3  christos 				bfd_vma relocation)
   3309        1.3  christos {
   3310        1.3  christos   switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
   3311        1.3  christos     {
   3312        1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT32O:
   3313        1.3  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
   3314        1.3  christos       break;
   3315        1.3  christos 
   3316        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   3317        1.3  christos       /* We know the offset within the module,
   3318        1.3  christos 	 put it into the second GOT slot.  */
   3319        1.3  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
   3320        1.3  christos 		  sgot->contents + got_entry_offset + 4);
   3321        1.3  christos       /* FALLTHRU */
   3322        1.3  christos 
   3323        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   3324        1.3  christos       /* Mark it as belonging to module 1, the executable.  */
   3325        1.3  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 1, sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
   3326        1.3  christos       break;
   3327        1.3  christos 
   3328        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   3329        1.3  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation - tpoff_base (info),
   3330        1.3  christos 		  sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
   3331        1.3  christos       break;
   3332        1.3  christos 
   3333        1.3  christos     default:
   3334        1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
   3335        1.3  christos     }
   3336        1.3  christos }
   3337        1.3  christos 
   3338        1.3  christos /* Output necessary relocation to handle a local symbol
   3339        1.3  christos    during dynamic link.
   3340        1.3  christos    This function is called either from elf_m68k_relocate_section
   3341        1.3  christos    or from elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol.  */
   3342        1.3  christos 
   3343        1.3  christos static void
   3344        1.3  christos elf_m68k_init_got_entry_local_shared (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3345        1.3  christos 				      bfd *output_bfd,
   3346        1.3  christos 				      enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type,
   3347        1.3  christos 				      asection *sgot,
   3348        1.3  christos 				      bfd_vma got_entry_offset,
   3349        1.3  christos 				      bfd_vma relocation,
   3350        1.3  christos 				      asection *srela)
   3351        1.3  christos {
   3352        1.3  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3353        1.3  christos 
   3354        1.3  christos   switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
   3355        1.3  christos     {
   3356        1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT32O:
   3357        1.3  christos       /* Emit RELATIVE relocation to initialize GOT slot
   3358        1.3  christos 	 at run-time.  */
   3359        1.3  christos       outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_RELATIVE);
   3360        1.3  christos       outrel.r_addend = relocation;
   3361        1.3  christos       break;
   3362        1.3  christos 
   3363        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   3364        1.3  christos       /* We know the offset within the module,
   3365        1.3  christos 	 put it into the second GOT slot.  */
   3366        1.3  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
   3367        1.3  christos 		  sgot->contents + got_entry_offset + 4);
   3368        1.3  christos       /* FALLTHRU */
   3369        1.3  christos 
   3370        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   3371        1.3  christos       /* We don't know the module number,
   3372        1.3  christos 	 create a relocation for it.  */
   3373        1.3  christos       outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32);
   3374        1.3  christos       outrel.r_addend = 0;
   3375        1.3  christos       break;
   3376        1.3  christos 
   3377        1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   3378        1.3  christos       /* Emit TPREL relocation to initialize GOT slot
   3379        1.3  christos 	 at run-time.  */
   3380        1.3  christos       outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_TLS_TPREL32);
   3381        1.3  christos       outrel.r_addend = relocation - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
   3382        1.3  christos       break;
   3383        1.3  christos 
   3384        1.3  christos     default:
   3385        1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
   3386        1.3  christos     }
   3387        1.3  christos 
   3388        1.3  christos   /* Offset of the GOT entry.  */
   3389        1.3  christos   outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   3390        1.3  christos 		     + sgot->output_offset
   3391        1.3  christos 		     + got_entry_offset);
   3392        1.3  christos 
   3393        1.3  christos   /* Install one of the above relocations.  */
   3394        1.3  christos   elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &outrel);
   3395        1.3  christos 
   3396        1.3  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, outrel.r_addend, sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
   3397        1.1     skrll }
   3398        1.1     skrll 
   3399        1.1     skrll /* Relocate an M68K ELF section.  */
   3400        1.4  christos 
   3401        1.4  christos static bfd_boolean
   3402        1.4  christos elf_m68k_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
   3403        1.4  christos 			   struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3404        1.4  christos 			   bfd *input_bfd,
   3405        1.4  christos 			   asection *input_section,
   3406        1.4  christos 			   bfd_byte *contents,
   3407        1.4  christos 			   Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
   3408        1.1     skrll 			   Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
   3409        1.1     skrll 			   asection **local_sections)
   3410        1.1     skrll {
   3411        1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   3412        1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   3413        1.1     skrll   asection *sgot;
   3414        1.3  christos   asection *splt;
   3415        1.1     skrll   asection *sreloc;
   3416        1.1     skrll   asection *srela;
   3417        1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
   3418        1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   3419        1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
   3420        1.1     skrll 
   3421        1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
   3422        1.1     skrll   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
   3423        1.1     skrll 
   3424        1.1     skrll   sgot = NULL;
   3425        1.3  christos   splt = NULL;
   3426        1.1     skrll   sreloc = NULL;
   3427        1.1     skrll   srela = NULL;
   3428        1.1     skrll 
   3429        1.1     skrll   got = NULL;
   3430        1.1     skrll 
   3431        1.1     skrll   rel = relocs;
   3432        1.1     skrll   relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
   3433        1.1     skrll   for (; rel < relend; rel++)
   3434        1.1     skrll     {
   3435        1.1     skrll       int r_type;
   3436        1.1     skrll       reloc_howto_type *howto;
   3437        1.1     skrll       unsigned long r_symndx;
   3438        1.1     skrll       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   3439        1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
   3440        1.1     skrll       asection *sec;
   3441        1.1     skrll       bfd_vma relocation;
   3442  1.10.12.1  pgoyette       bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc;
   3443        1.1     skrll       bfd_reloc_status_type r;
   3444        1.1     skrll       bfd_boolean resolved_to_zero;
   3445        1.1     skrll 
   3446        1.1     skrll       r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   3447        1.1     skrll       if (r_type < 0 || r_type >= (int) R_68K_max)
   3448        1.1     skrll 	{
   3449        1.1     skrll 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3450        1.1     skrll 	  return FALSE;
   3451        1.1     skrll 	}
   3452        1.1     skrll       howto = howto_table + r_type;
   3453        1.1     skrll 
   3454        1.1     skrll       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   3455        1.1     skrll 
   3456        1.1     skrll       h = NULL;
   3457        1.1     skrll       sym = NULL;
   3458        1.1     skrll       sec = NULL;
   3459        1.1     skrll       unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   3460        1.1     skrll 
   3461        1.1     skrll       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   3462        1.1     skrll 	{
   3463        1.1     skrll 	  sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
   3464        1.1     skrll 	  sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
   3465        1.1     skrll 	  relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
   3466        1.1     skrll 	}
   3467        1.6  christos       else
   3468        1.1     skrll 	{
   3469        1.1     skrll 	  bfd_boolean warned, ignored;
   3470        1.1     skrll 
   3471        1.1     skrll 	  RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
   3472        1.6  christos 				   r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
   3473        1.1     skrll 				   h, sec, relocation,
   3474        1.1     skrll 				   unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored);
   3475        1.4  christos 	}
   3476        1.3  christos 
   3477        1.4  christos       if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
   3478        1.1     skrll 	RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
   3479        1.6  christos 					 rel, 1, relend, howto, 0, contents);
   3480        1.1     skrll 
   3481        1.1     skrll       if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   3482  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	continue;
   3483  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 
   3484  1.10.12.1  pgoyette       resolved_to_zero = (h != NULL
   3485        1.1     skrll 			  && UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h));
   3486        1.1     skrll 
   3487        1.1     skrll       switch (r_type)
   3488        1.1     skrll 	{
   3489        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT8:
   3490        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT16:
   3491        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT32:
   3492        1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocation is to the address of the entry for this symbol
   3493        1.1     skrll 	     in the global offset table.  */
   3494        1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL
   3495        1.1     skrll 	      && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
   3496        1.1     skrll 	    {
   3497        1.1     skrll 	      if (elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->local_gp_p)
   3498        1.1     skrll 		{
   3499        1.1     skrll 		  bfd_vma sgot_output_offset;
   3500  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 		  bfd_vma got_offset;
   3501        1.1     skrll 
   3502  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 		  sgot = elf_hash_table (info)->sgot;
   3503        1.1     skrll 
   3504  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 		  if (sgot != NULL)
   3505  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 		    sgot_output_offset = sgot->output_offset;
   3506  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 		  else
   3507  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 		    /* In this case we have a reference to
   3508  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 		       _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, but the GOT itself is
   3509  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 		       empty.
   3510        1.1     skrll 		       ??? Issue a warning?  */
   3511        1.1     skrll 		    sgot_output_offset = 0;
   3512        1.1     skrll 
   3513        1.1     skrll 		  if (got == NULL)
   3514        1.1     skrll 		    {
   3515        1.1     skrll 		      struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *bfd2got_entry;
   3516        1.1     skrll 
   3517        1.1     skrll 		      bfd2got_entry
   3518        1.1     skrll 			= elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
   3519        1.1     skrll 						      input_bfd, SEARCH, NULL);
   3520        1.1     skrll 
   3521        1.1     skrll 		      if (bfd2got_entry != NULL)
   3522        1.1     skrll 			{
   3523        1.1     skrll 			  got = bfd2got_entry->got;
   3524        1.1     skrll 			  BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
   3525        1.1     skrll 
   3526        1.1     skrll 			  got_offset = got->offset;
   3527        1.1     skrll 			}
   3528        1.1     skrll 		      else
   3529        1.1     skrll 			/* In this case we have a reference to
   3530        1.1     skrll 			   _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, but no other references
   3531        1.1     skrll 			   accessing any GOT entries.
   3532        1.1     skrll 			   ??? Issue a warning?  */
   3533        1.1     skrll 			got_offset = 0;
   3534        1.1     skrll 		    }
   3535        1.1     skrll 		  else
   3536        1.1     skrll 		    got_offset = got->offset;
   3537        1.1     skrll 
   3538        1.1     skrll 		  /* Adjust GOT pointer to point to the GOT
   3539        1.1     skrll 		     assigned to input_bfd.  */
   3540        1.1     skrll 		  rel->r_addend += sgot_output_offset + got_offset;
   3541        1.1     skrll 		}
   3542        1.1     skrll 	      else
   3543        1.1     skrll 		BFD_ASSERT (got == NULL || got->offset == 0);
   3544        1.1     skrll 
   3545        1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3546        1.1     skrll 	    }
   3547        1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3548        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT8O:
   3549        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_GOT16O:
   3550        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_GOT32O:
   3551        1.3  christos 
   3552        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   3553        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
   3554        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
   3555        1.3  christos 
   3556        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
   3557        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
   3558        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   3559        1.3  christos 
   3560        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
   3561        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
   3562        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   3563        1.1     skrll 
   3564        1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocation is the offset of the entry for this symbol in
   3565        1.1     skrll 	     the global offset table.  */
   3566        1.1     skrll 
   3567        1.1     skrll 	  {
   3568        1.1     skrll 	    struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
   3569        1.1     skrll 	    bfd_vma *off_ptr;
   3570  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	    bfd_vma off;
   3571  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 
   3572        1.1     skrll 	    sgot = elf_hash_table (info)->sgot;
   3573        1.1     skrll 	    BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
   3574        1.1     skrll 
   3575        1.1     skrll 	    if (got == NULL)
   3576        1.1     skrll 	      {
   3577        1.1     skrll 		got = elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
   3578        1.1     skrll 						  input_bfd, MUST_FIND,
   3579        1.1     skrll 						  NULL)->got;
   3580        1.1     skrll 		BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
   3581        1.1     skrll 	      }
   3582        1.3  christos 
   3583        1.3  christos 	    /* Get GOT offset for this symbol.  */
   3584        1.1     skrll 	    elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (&key_, h, input_bfd, r_symndx,
   3585        1.1     skrll 					 r_type);
   3586        1.1     skrll 	    off_ptr = &elf_m68k_get_got_entry (got, &key_, MUST_FIND,
   3587        1.1     skrll 					       NULL)->u.s2.offset;
   3588        1.3  christos 	    off = *off_ptr;
   3589        1.3  christos 
   3590        1.3  christos 	    /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4.  We use
   3591        1.3  christos 	       the least significant bit to record whether we have
   3592        1.3  christos 	       already generated the necessary reloc.  */
   3593        1.3  christos 	    if ((off & 1) != 0)
   3594        1.1     skrll 	      off &= ~1;
   3595        1.3  christos 	    else
   3596        1.3  christos 	      {
   3597        1.3  christos 		if (h != NULL
   3598        1.3  christos 		    /* @TLSLDM relocations are bounded to the module, in
   3599        1.3  christos 		       which the symbol is defined -- not to the symbol
   3600        1.3  christos 		       itself.  */
   3601        1.3  christos 		    && elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) != R_68K_TLS_LDM32)
   3602        1.1     skrll 		  {
   3603        1.3  christos 		    bfd_boolean dyn;
   3604        1.6  christos 
   3605        1.6  christos 		    dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
   3606        1.6  christos 		    if (!WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn,
   3607        1.6  christos 							  bfd_link_pic (info),
   3608        1.3  christos 							  h)
   3609  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 			|| (bfd_link_pic (info)
   3610  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 			    && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   3611        1.3  christos 			|| ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
   3612        1.1     skrll 			     || resolved_to_zero)
   3613        1.3  christos 			    && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   3614        1.3  christos 		      {
   3615        1.3  christos 			/* This is actually a static link, or it is a
   3616        1.3  christos 			   -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
   3617        1.3  christos 			   locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
   3618        1.3  christos 			   because of a version file.  We must initialize
   3619        1.3  christos 			   this entry in the global offset table.  Since
   3620        1.3  christos 			   the offset must always be a multiple of 4, we
   3621        1.3  christos 			   use the least significant bit to record whether
   3622        1.3  christos 			   we have initialized it already.
   3623        1.3  christos 
   3624        1.3  christos 			   When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
   3625        1.3  christos 			   relocation entry to initialize the value.  This
   3626        1.3  christos 			   is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine.  */
   3627        1.3  christos 
   3628        1.3  christos 			elf_m68k_init_got_entry_static (info,
   3629        1.3  christos 							output_bfd,
   3630        1.3  christos 							r_type,
   3631        1.3  christos 							sgot,
   3632        1.3  christos 							off,
   3633        1.1     skrll 							relocation);
   3634        1.1     skrll 
   3635        1.3  christos 			*off_ptr |= 1;
   3636        1.3  christos 		      }
   3637        1.1     skrll 		    else
   3638        1.6  christos 		      unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   3639        1.3  christos 		  }
   3640        1.1     skrll 		else if (bfd_link_pic (info)) /* && h == NULL */
   3641  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 		  /* Process local symbol during dynamic link.  */
   3642  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 		  {
   3643        1.1     skrll 		    srela = elf_hash_table (info)->srelgot;
   3644        1.3  christos 		    BFD_ASSERT (srela != NULL);
   3645        1.3  christos 
   3646        1.3  christos 		    elf_m68k_init_got_entry_local_shared (info,
   3647        1.3  christos 							  output_bfd,
   3648        1.3  christos 							  r_type,
   3649        1.3  christos 							  sgot,
   3650        1.3  christos 							  off,
   3651        1.3  christos 							  relocation,
   3652        1.3  christos 							  srela);
   3653        1.3  christos 
   3654        1.6  christos 		    *off_ptr |= 1;
   3655        1.3  christos 		  }
   3656        1.3  christos 		else /* h == NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info) */
   3657        1.3  christos 		  {
   3658        1.3  christos 		    elf_m68k_init_got_entry_static (info,
   3659        1.3  christos 						    output_bfd,
   3660        1.3  christos 						    r_type,
   3661        1.3  christos 						    sgot,
   3662        1.3  christos 						    off,
   3663        1.1     skrll 						    relocation);
   3664        1.1     skrll 
   3665        1.1     skrll 		    *off_ptr |= 1;
   3666        1.1     skrll 		  }
   3667        1.3  christos 	      }
   3668        1.3  christos 
   3669        1.3  christos 	    /* We don't use elf_m68k_reloc_got_type in the condition below
   3670        1.3  christos 	       because this is the only place where difference between
   3671        1.1     skrll 	       R_68K_GOTx and R_68K_GOTxO relocations matters.  */
   3672        1.3  christos 	    if (r_type == R_68K_GOT32O
   3673        1.3  christos 		|| r_type == R_68K_GOT16O
   3674        1.3  christos 		|| r_type == R_68K_GOT8O
   3675        1.3  christos 		|| elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) == R_68K_TLS_GD32
   3676        1.1     skrll 		|| elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) == R_68K_TLS_LDM32
   3677        1.1     skrll 		|| elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) == R_68K_TLS_IE32)
   3678        1.1     skrll 	      {
   3679        1.1     skrll 		/* GOT pointer is adjusted to point to the start/middle
   3680        1.1     skrll 		   of local GOT.  Adjust the offset accordingly.  */
   3681        1.1     skrll 		BFD_ASSERT (elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->use_neg_got_offsets_p
   3682        1.1     skrll 			    || off >= got->offset);
   3683        1.1     skrll 
   3684        1.1     skrll 		if (elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->local_gp_p)
   3685        1.1     skrll 		  relocation = off - got->offset;
   3686        1.1     skrll 		else
   3687        1.1     skrll 		  {
   3688        1.1     skrll 		    BFD_ASSERT (got->offset == 0);
   3689        1.1     skrll 		    relocation = sgot->output_offset + off;
   3690        1.1     skrll 		  }
   3691        1.1     skrll 
   3692        1.1     skrll 		/* This relocation does not use the addend.  */
   3693        1.1     skrll 		rel->r_addend = 0;
   3694        1.1     skrll 	      }
   3695        1.1     skrll 	    else
   3696        1.1     skrll 	      relocation = (sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset
   3697        1.1     skrll 			    + off);
   3698        1.1     skrll 	  }
   3699        1.3  christos 	  break;
   3700        1.3  christos 
   3701        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDO32:
   3702        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDO16:
   3703        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDO8:
   3704        1.3  christos 	  relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
   3705        1.3  christos 	  break;
   3706        1.3  christos 
   3707        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LE32:
   3708        1.6  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LE16:
   3709        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LE8:
   3710  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	  if (bfd_link_dll (info))
   3711  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	    {
   3712  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	      _bfd_error_handler
   3713  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   3714        1.3  christos 		(_("%B(%A+%#Lx): %s relocation not permitted in shared object"),
   3715        1.3  christos 		 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, howto->name);
   3716        1.3  christos 
   3717        1.3  christos 	      return FALSE;
   3718        1.3  christos 	    }
   3719        1.3  christos 	  else
   3720        1.3  christos 	    relocation -= tpoff_base (info);
   3721        1.3  christos 
   3722        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3723        1.1     skrll 
   3724        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT8:
   3725        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT16:
   3726        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT32:
   3727        1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
   3728        1.1     skrll 	     procedure linkage table.  */
   3729        1.1     skrll 
   3730        1.1     skrll 	  /* Resolve a PLTxx reloc against a local symbol directly,
   3731        1.1     skrll 	     without using the procedure linkage table.  */
   3732        1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL)
   3733        1.1     skrll 	    break;
   3734        1.1     skrll 
   3735        1.1     skrll 	  if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
   3736        1.1     skrll 	      || !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   3737        1.1     skrll 	    {
   3738        1.1     skrll 	      /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  This
   3739        1.1     skrll 		 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
   3740        1.1     skrll 		 using -Bsymbolic.  */
   3741        1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3742  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	    }
   3743  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 
   3744        1.1     skrll 	  splt = elf_hash_table (info)->splt;
   3745        1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
   3746        1.1     skrll 
   3747        1.1     skrll 	  relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
   3748        1.1     skrll 			+ splt->output_offset
   3749        1.1     skrll 			+ h->plt.offset);
   3750        1.1     skrll 	  unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   3751        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3752        1.1     skrll 
   3753        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT8O:
   3754        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT16O:
   3755        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT32O:
   3756        1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocation is the offset of the entry for this symbol in
   3757        1.1     skrll 	     the procedure linkage table.  */
   3758  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1);
   3759  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 
   3760        1.1     skrll 	  splt = elf_hash_table (info)->splt;
   3761        1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
   3762        1.1     skrll 
   3763        1.1     skrll 	  relocation = h->plt.offset;
   3764        1.1     skrll 	  unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   3765        1.1     skrll 
   3766        1.1     skrll 	  /* This relocation does not use the addend.  */
   3767        1.1     skrll 	  rel->r_addend = 0;
   3768        1.1     skrll 
   3769        1.3  christos 	  break;
   3770        1.3  christos 
   3771        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_8:
   3772        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_16:
   3773        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_32:
   3774        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PC8:
   3775        1.6  christos 	case R_68K_PC16:
   3776        1.3  christos 	case R_68K_PC32:
   3777        1.1     skrll 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   3778        1.1     skrll 	      && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
   3779  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	      && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   3780  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	      && (h == NULL
   3781        1.1     skrll 		  || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   3782        1.1     skrll 		      && !resolved_to_zero)
   3783        1.1     skrll 		  || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   3784        1.1     skrll 	      && ((r_type != R_68K_PC8
   3785        1.3  christos 		   && r_type != R_68K_PC16
   3786        1.1     skrll 		   && r_type != R_68K_PC32)
   3787        1.1     skrll 		  || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
   3788        1.1     skrll 	    {
   3789        1.1     skrll 	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3790        1.1     skrll 	      bfd_byte *loc;
   3791        1.1     skrll 	      bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
   3792        1.1     skrll 
   3793        1.1     skrll 	      /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
   3794        1.1     skrll 		 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
   3795        1.1     skrll 		 time.  */
   3796        1.1     skrll 
   3797        1.1     skrll 	      skip = FALSE;
   3798        1.1     skrll 	      relocate = FALSE;
   3799        1.1     skrll 
   3800        1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_offset =
   3801        1.1     skrll 		_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
   3802        1.1     skrll 					 rel->r_offset);
   3803        1.1     skrll 	      if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
   3804        1.1     skrll 		skip = TRUE;
   3805        1.1     skrll 	      else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
   3806        1.1     skrll 		skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
   3807        1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
   3808        1.1     skrll 				  + input_section->output_offset);
   3809        1.1     skrll 
   3810        1.1     skrll 	      if (skip)
   3811        1.1     skrll 		memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
   3812        1.1     skrll 	      else if (h != NULL
   3813        1.1     skrll 		       && h->dynindx != -1
   3814        1.1     skrll 		       && (r_type == R_68K_PC8
   3815        1.6  christos 			   || r_type == R_68K_PC16
   3816        1.6  christos 			   || r_type == R_68K_PC32
   3817        1.1     skrll 			   || !bfd_link_pic (info)
   3818        1.1     skrll 			   || !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
   3819        1.1     skrll 			   || !h->def_regular))
   3820        1.1     skrll 		{
   3821        1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
   3822        1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend;
   3823        1.1     skrll 		}
   3824        1.1     skrll 	      else
   3825        1.1     skrll 		{
   3826        1.1     skrll 		  /* This symbol is local, or marked to become local.  */
   3827        1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
   3828        1.1     skrll 
   3829        1.1     skrll 		  if (r_type == R_68K_32)
   3830        1.1     skrll 		    {
   3831        1.1     skrll 		      relocate = TRUE;
   3832        1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_RELATIVE);
   3833        1.1     skrll 		    }
   3834        1.1     skrll 		  else
   3835        1.1     skrll 		    {
   3836        1.1     skrll 		      long indx;
   3837        1.1     skrll 
   3838        1.1     skrll 		      if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
   3839        1.1     skrll 			indx = 0;
   3840        1.1     skrll 		      else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
   3841        1.1     skrll 			{
   3842        1.1     skrll 			  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3843        1.1     skrll 			  return FALSE;
   3844        1.1     skrll 			}
   3845        1.1     skrll 		      else
   3846        1.1     skrll 			{
   3847        1.1     skrll 			  asection *osec;
   3848        1.1     skrll 
   3849        1.1     skrll 			  /* We are turning this relocation into one
   3850        1.1     skrll 			     against a section symbol.  It would be
   3851        1.1     skrll 			     proper to subtract the symbol's value,
   3852        1.1     skrll 			     osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
   3853        1.1     skrll 			     but ld.so expects buggy relocs.  */
   3854        1.1     skrll 			  osec = sec->output_section;
   3855        1.1     skrll 			  indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
   3856        1.1     skrll 			  if (indx == 0)
   3857        1.1     skrll 			    {
   3858        1.1     skrll 			      struct elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   3859        1.1     skrll 			      htab = elf_hash_table (info);
   3860        1.1     skrll 			      osec = htab->text_index_section;
   3861        1.1     skrll 			      indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
   3862        1.1     skrll 			    }
   3863        1.1     skrll 			  BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0);
   3864        1.1     skrll 			}
   3865        1.1     skrll 
   3866        1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
   3867        1.1     skrll 		    }
   3868        1.1     skrll 		}
   3869        1.1     skrll 
   3870        1.1     skrll 	      sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
   3871        1.1     skrll 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   3872        1.1     skrll 		abort ();
   3873        1.1     skrll 
   3874        1.1     skrll 	      loc = sreloc->contents;
   3875        1.1     skrll 	      loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3876        1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   3877  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 
   3878  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	      /* This reloc will be computed at runtime, so there's no
   3879  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 		 need to do anything now, except for R_68K_32
   3880        1.1     skrll 		 relocations that have been turned into
   3881        1.1     skrll 		 R_68K_RELATIVE.  */
   3882        1.1     skrll 	      if (!relocate)
   3883        1.1     skrll 		continue;
   3884        1.1     skrll 	    }
   3885        1.1     skrll 
   3886        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3887        1.1     skrll 
   3888        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   3889        1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY:
   3890        1.1     skrll 	  /* These are no-ops in the end.  */
   3891        1.1     skrll 	  continue;
   3892        1.1     skrll 
   3893        1.1     skrll 	default:
   3894        1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3895        1.1     skrll 	}
   3896        1.1     skrll 
   3897        1.1     skrll       /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
   3898        1.1     skrll 	 because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
   3899        1.1     skrll 	 not process them.  */
   3900        1.4  christos       if (unresolved_reloc
   3901        1.4  christos 	  && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
   3902        1.4  christos 	       && h->def_dynamic)
   3903        1.1     skrll 	  && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
   3904  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 				      rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1)
   3905  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	{
   3906  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	  _bfd_error_handler
   3907        1.1     skrll 	    /* xgettext:c-format */
   3908        1.1     skrll 	    (_("%B(%A+%#Lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
   3909  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	     input_bfd,
   3910        1.1     skrll 	     input_section,
   3911        1.1     skrll 	     rel->r_offset,
   3912        1.1     skrll 	     howto->name,
   3913        1.1     skrll 	     h->root.root.string);
   3914        1.1     skrll 	  return FALSE;
   3915        1.3  christos 	}
   3916        1.3  christos 
   3917        1.3  christos       if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
   3918        1.3  christos 	  && r_type != R_68K_NONE
   3919        1.3  christos 	  && (h == NULL
   3920        1.3  christos 	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   3921        1.3  christos 	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
   3922        1.3  christos 	{
   3923        1.3  christos 	  char sym_type;
   3924        1.3  christos 
   3925        1.3  christos 	  sym_type = (sym != NULL) ? ELF32_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) : h->type;
   3926        1.3  christos 
   3927        1.3  christos 	  if (elf_m68k_reloc_tls_p (r_type) != (sym_type == STT_TLS))
   3928        1.3  christos 	    {
   3929        1.3  christos 	      const char *name;
   3930        1.3  christos 
   3931        1.3  christos 	      if (h != NULL)
   3932        1.3  christos 		name = h->root.root.string;
   3933        1.3  christos 	      else
   3934        1.3  christos 		{
   3935        1.3  christos 		  name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
   3936        1.3  christos 			  (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
   3937        1.3  christos 		  if (name == NULL || *name == '\0')
   3938        1.3  christos 		    name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
   3939  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 		}
   3940        1.3  christos 
   3941  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	      _bfd_error_handler
   3942  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 		((sym_type == STT_TLS
   3943  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 		  /* xgettext:c-format */
   3944  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 		  ? _("%B(%A+%#Lx): %s used with TLS symbol %s")
   3945        1.3  christos 		  /* xgettext:c-format */
   3946        1.3  christos 		  : _("%B(%A+%#Lx): %s used with non-TLS symbol %s")),
   3947  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 		 input_bfd,
   3948        1.3  christos 		 input_section,
   3949        1.3  christos 		 rel->r_offset,
   3950        1.3  christos 		 howto->name,
   3951        1.3  christos 		 name);
   3952        1.3  christos 	    }
   3953        1.1     skrll 	}
   3954        1.1     skrll 
   3955        1.1     skrll       r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
   3956        1.1     skrll 				    contents, rel->r_offset,
   3957        1.1     skrll 				    relocation, rel->r_addend);
   3958        1.1     skrll 
   3959        1.1     skrll       if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
   3960        1.1     skrll 	{
   3961        1.1     skrll 	  const char *name;
   3962        1.1     skrll 
   3963        1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL)
   3964        1.1     skrll 	    name = h->root.root.string;
   3965        1.1     skrll 	  else
   3966        1.1     skrll 	    {
   3967        1.1     skrll 	      name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
   3968        1.1     skrll 						      symtab_hdr->sh_link,
   3969        1.1     skrll 						      sym->st_name);
   3970        1.1     skrll 	      if (name == NULL)
   3971        1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   3972        1.1     skrll 	      if (*name == '\0')
   3973        1.1     skrll 		name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
   3974        1.1     skrll 	    }
   3975       1.10  christos 
   3976       1.10  christos 	  if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow)
   3977       1.10  christos 	    (*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
   3978        1.1     skrll 	      (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
   3979        1.1     skrll 	       (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
   3980  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	  else
   3981  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	    {
   3982  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	      _bfd_error_handler
   3983        1.1     skrll 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   3984  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 		(_("%B(%A+%#Lx): reloc against `%s': error %d"),
   3985        1.1     skrll 		 input_bfd, input_section,
   3986        1.1     skrll 		 rel->r_offset, name, (int) r);
   3987        1.1     skrll 	      return FALSE;
   3988        1.1     skrll 	    }
   3989        1.1     skrll 	}
   3990        1.1     skrll     }
   3991        1.1     skrll 
   3992        1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   3993        1.1     skrll }
   3994        1.1     skrll 
   3995        1.1     skrll /* Install an M_68K_PC32 relocation against VALUE at offset OFFSET
   3996        1.1     skrll    into section SEC.  */
   3997        1.1     skrll 
   3998        1.1     skrll static void
   3999        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_install_pc32 (asection *sec, bfd_vma offset, bfd_vma value)
   4000        1.1     skrll {
   4001        1.1     skrll   /* Make VALUE PC-relative.  */
   4002        1.1     skrll   value -= sec->output_section->vma + offset;
   4003        1.1     skrll 
   4004        1.1     skrll   /* Apply any in-place addend.  */
   4005        1.1     skrll   value += bfd_get_32 (sec->owner, sec->contents + offset);
   4006        1.1     skrll 
   4007        1.1     skrll   bfd_put_32 (sec->owner, value, sec->contents + offset);
   4008        1.1     skrll }
   4009        1.1     skrll 
   4010        1.1     skrll /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
   4011        1.1     skrll    dynamic sections here.  */
   4012        1.4  christos 
   4013        1.4  christos static bfd_boolean
   4014        1.4  christos elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
   4015        1.4  christos 				struct bfd_link_info *info,
   4016        1.1     skrll 				struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   4017        1.1     skrll 				Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   4018        1.1     skrll {
   4019        1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   4020        1.1     skrll 
   4021        1.1     skrll   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   4022        1.1     skrll 
   4023        1.1     skrll   if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
   4024        1.1     skrll     {
   4025        1.1     skrll       const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *plt_info;
   4026        1.1     skrll       asection *splt;
   4027        1.1     skrll       asection *sgot;
   4028        1.1     skrll       asection *srela;
   4029        1.1     skrll       bfd_vma plt_index;
   4030        1.1     skrll       bfd_vma got_offset;
   4031        1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   4032        1.1     skrll       bfd_byte *loc;
   4033        1.1     skrll 
   4034        1.1     skrll       /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.  Set
   4035        1.1     skrll 	 it up.  */
   4036        1.1     skrll 
   4037        1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   4038  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 
   4039  1.10.12.1  pgoyette       plt_info = elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->plt_info;
   4040  1.10.12.1  pgoyette       splt = elf_hash_table (info)->splt;
   4041        1.1     skrll       sgot = elf_hash_table (info)->sgotplt;
   4042        1.1     skrll       srela = elf_hash_table (info)->srelplt;
   4043        1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgot != NULL && srela != NULL);
   4044        1.1     skrll 
   4045        1.1     skrll       /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
   4046        1.1     skrll 	 corresponds to this symbol.  This is the index of this symbol
   4047        1.1     skrll 	 in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries.  The
   4048        1.1     skrll 	 first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved.  */
   4049        1.1     skrll       plt_index = (h->plt.offset / plt_info->size) - 1;
   4050        1.1     skrll 
   4051        1.1     skrll       /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
   4052        1.1     skrll 	 corresponds to this function.  Each .got entry is 4 bytes.
   4053        1.1     skrll 	 The first three are reserved.  */
   4054        1.1     skrll       got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
   4055        1.1     skrll 
   4056        1.1     skrll       memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset,
   4057        1.1     skrll 	      plt_info->symbol_entry,
   4058        1.1     skrll 	      plt_info->size);
   4059        1.1     skrll 
   4060        1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, h->plt.offset + plt_info->symbol_relocs.got,
   4061        1.1     skrll 			     (sgot->output_section->vma
   4062        1.1     skrll 			      + sgot->output_offset
   4063        1.1     skrll 			      + got_offset));
   4064        1.1     skrll 
   4065        1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
   4066        1.1     skrll 		  splt->contents
   4067        1.1     skrll 		  + h->plt.offset
   4068        1.1     skrll 		  + plt_info->symbol_resolve_entry + 2);
   4069        1.1     skrll 
   4070        1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, h->plt.offset + plt_info->symbol_relocs.plt,
   4071        1.1     skrll 			     splt->output_section->vma);
   4072        1.1     skrll 
   4073        1.1     skrll       /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table.  */
   4074        1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   4075        1.1     skrll 		  (splt->output_section->vma
   4076        1.1     skrll 		   + splt->output_offset
   4077        1.1     skrll 		   + h->plt.offset
   4078        1.1     skrll 		   + plt_info->symbol_resolve_entry),
   4079        1.1     skrll 		  sgot->contents + got_offset);
   4080        1.1     skrll 
   4081        1.1     skrll       /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
   4082        1.1     skrll       rela.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   4083        1.1     skrll 		       + sgot->output_offset
   4084        1.1     skrll 		       + got_offset);
   4085        1.1     skrll       rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_JMP_SLOT);
   4086        1.1     skrll       rela.r_addend = 0;
   4087        1.1     skrll       loc = srela->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4088        1.1     skrll       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   4089        1.1     skrll 
   4090        1.1     skrll       if (!h->def_regular)
   4091        1.1     skrll 	{
   4092        1.1     skrll 	  /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
   4093        1.1     skrll 	     the .plt section.  Leave the value alone.  */
   4094        1.1     skrll 	  sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
   4095        1.1     skrll 	}
   4096        1.1     skrll     }
   4097        1.1     skrll 
   4098        1.1     skrll   if (elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->glist != NULL)
   4099        1.1     skrll     {
   4100        1.1     skrll       asection *sgot;
   4101        1.1     skrll       asection *srela;
   4102        1.1     skrll       struct elf_m68k_got_entry *got_entry;
   4103        1.1     skrll 
   4104        1.1     skrll       /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table.  Set it
   4105  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	 up.  */
   4106  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 
   4107        1.1     skrll       sgot = elf_hash_table (info)->sgot;
   4108        1.1     skrll       srela = elf_hash_table (info)->srelgot;
   4109        1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srela != NULL);
   4110        1.1     skrll 
   4111        1.1     skrll       got_entry = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->glist;
   4112        1.1     skrll 
   4113        1.3  christos       while (got_entry != NULL)
   4114        1.3  christos 	{
   4115        1.1     skrll 	  enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type;
   4116        1.3  christos 	  bfd_vma got_entry_offset;
   4117        1.3  christos 
   4118        1.1     skrll 	  r_type = got_entry->key_.type;
   4119        1.1     skrll 	  got_entry_offset = got_entry->u.s2.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1;
   4120        1.1     skrll 
   4121        1.1     skrll 	  /* If this is a -Bsymbolic link, and the symbol is defined
   4122        1.3  christos 	     locally, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.  Likewise if
   4123        1.1     skrll 	     the symbol was forced to be local because of a version file.
   4124        1.6  christos 	     The entry in the global offset table already have been
   4125        1.3  christos 	     initialized in the relocate_section function.  */
   4126        1.1     skrll 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   4127        1.3  christos 	      && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   4128        1.3  christos 	    {
   4129        1.3  christos 	      bfd_vma relocation;
   4130        1.3  christos 
   4131        1.3  christos 	      relocation = bfd_get_signed_32 (output_bfd,
   4132        1.3  christos 					      (sgot->contents
   4133        1.3  christos 					       + got_entry_offset));
   4134        1.3  christos 
   4135        1.3  christos 	      /* Undo TP bias.  */
   4136        1.3  christos 	      switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
   4137        1.3  christos 		{
   4138        1.3  christos 		case R_68K_GOT32O:
   4139        1.3  christos 		case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   4140        1.3  christos 		  break;
   4141        1.4  christos 
   4142        1.4  christos 		case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   4143        1.4  christos 		  /* The value for this relocation is actually put in
   4144        1.4  christos 		     the second GOT slot.  */
   4145        1.4  christos 		  relocation = bfd_get_signed_32 (output_bfd,
   4146        1.3  christos 						  (sgot->contents
   4147        1.3  christos 						   + got_entry_offset + 4));
   4148        1.3  christos 		  relocation += dtpoff_base (info);
   4149        1.3  christos 		  break;
   4150        1.3  christos 
   4151        1.3  christos 		case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   4152        1.3  christos 		  relocation += tpoff_base (info);
   4153        1.3  christos 		  break;
   4154        1.3  christos 
   4155        1.3  christos 		default:
   4156        1.3  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
   4157        1.3  christos 		}
   4158        1.3  christos 
   4159        1.3  christos 	      elf_m68k_init_got_entry_local_shared (info,
   4160        1.3  christos 						    output_bfd,
   4161        1.3  christos 						    r_type,
   4162        1.3  christos 						    sgot,
   4163        1.3  christos 						    got_entry_offset,
   4164        1.1     skrll 						    relocation,
   4165        1.1     skrll 						    srela);
   4166        1.1     skrll 	    }
   4167        1.3  christos 	  else
   4168        1.3  christos 	    {
   4169        1.3  christos 	      Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   4170        1.3  christos 
   4171        1.3  christos 	      /* Put zeros to GOT slots that will be initialized
   4172        1.3  christos 		 at run-time.  */
   4173        1.3  christos 	      {
   4174        1.3  christos 		bfd_vma n_slots;
   4175        1.3  christos 
   4176        1.3  christos 		n_slots = elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (got_entry->key_.type);
   4177        1.3  christos 		while (n_slots--)
   4178        1.3  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0,
   4179        1.3  christos 			      (sgot->contents + got_entry_offset
   4180        1.3  christos 			       + 4 * n_slots));
   4181        1.1     skrll 	      }
   4182        1.3  christos 
   4183        1.3  christos 	      rela.r_addend = 0;
   4184        1.3  christos 	      rela.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   4185        1.3  christos 			       + sgot->output_offset
   4186        1.3  christos 			       + got_entry_offset);
   4187        1.3  christos 
   4188        1.3  christos 	      switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
   4189        1.3  christos 		{
   4190        1.3  christos 		case R_68K_GOT32O:
   4191        1.3  christos 		  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_GLOB_DAT);
   4192        1.3  christos 		  elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
   4193        1.3  christos 		  break;
   4194        1.3  christos 
   4195        1.3  christos 		case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   4196        1.3  christos 		  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32);
   4197        1.3  christos 		  elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
   4198        1.3  christos 
   4199        1.3  christos 		  rela.r_offset += 4;
   4200        1.3  christos 		  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32);
   4201        1.3  christos 		  elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
   4202        1.3  christos 		  break;
   4203        1.3  christos 
   4204        1.3  christos 		case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   4205        1.3  christos 		  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_TLS_TPREL32);
   4206        1.3  christos 		  elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
   4207        1.3  christos 		  break;
   4208        1.3  christos 
   4209        1.3  christos 		default:
   4210        1.3  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
   4211        1.1     skrll 		  break;
   4212        1.1     skrll 		}
   4213        1.1     skrll 	    }
   4214        1.1     skrll 
   4215        1.1     skrll 	  got_entry = got_entry->u.s2.next;
   4216        1.1     skrll 	}
   4217        1.1     skrll     }
   4218        1.1     skrll 
   4219        1.1     skrll   if (h->needs_copy)
   4220        1.1     skrll     {
   4221        1.1     skrll       asection *s;
   4222        1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   4223        1.1     skrll       bfd_byte *loc;
   4224        1.1     skrll 
   4225        1.1     skrll       /* This symbol needs a copy reloc.  Set it up.  */
   4226        1.1     skrll 
   4227        1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
   4228        1.1     skrll 		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   4229        1.4  christos 		      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
   4230        1.1     skrll 
   4231        1.1     skrll       s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.bss");
   4232        1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   4233        1.1     skrll 
   4234        1.1     skrll       rela.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
   4235        1.1     skrll 		       + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   4236        1.1     skrll 		       + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
   4237        1.1     skrll       rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_COPY);
   4238        1.1     skrll       rela.r_addend = 0;
   4239        1.1     skrll       loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4240        1.1     skrll       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   4241        1.1     skrll     }
   4242        1.1     skrll 
   4243        1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   4244        1.1     skrll }
   4245        1.1     skrll 
   4246        1.1     skrll /* Finish up the dynamic sections.  */
   4247        1.4  christos 
   4248        1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   4249        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   4250        1.1     skrll {
   4251        1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   4252        1.1     skrll   asection *sgot;
   4253        1.1     skrll   asection *sdyn;
   4254        1.1     skrll 
   4255  1.10.12.1  pgoyette   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   4256        1.1     skrll 
   4257        1.4  christos   sgot = elf_hash_table (info)->sgotplt;
   4258        1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
   4259        1.1     skrll   sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
   4260        1.1     skrll 
   4261        1.1     skrll   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   4262        1.1     skrll     {
   4263        1.1     skrll       asection *splt;
   4264  1.10.12.1  pgoyette       Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
   4265        1.1     skrll 
   4266        1.1     skrll       splt = elf_hash_table (info)->splt;
   4267        1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
   4268        1.1     skrll 
   4269        1.1     skrll       dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
   4270        1.1     skrll       dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
   4271        1.1     skrll       for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
   4272        1.1     skrll 	{
   4273        1.1     skrll 	  Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
   4274        1.1     skrll 	  asection *s;
   4275        1.1     skrll 
   4276        1.1     skrll 	  bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
   4277        1.1     skrll 
   4278        1.1     skrll 	  switch (dyn.d_tag)
   4279        1.1     skrll 	    {
   4280        1.1     skrll 	    default:
   4281        1.1     skrll 	      break;
   4282  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 
   4283        1.1     skrll 	    case DT_PLTGOT:
   4284        1.1     skrll 	      s = elf_hash_table (info)->sgotplt;
   4285  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 	      goto get_vma;
   4286        1.1     skrll 	    case DT_JMPREL:
   4287       1.10  christos 	      s = elf_hash_table (info)->srelplt;
   4288        1.1     skrll 	    get_vma:
   4289        1.1     skrll 	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
   4290        1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   4291        1.1     skrll 	      break;
   4292  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 
   4293        1.1     skrll 	    case DT_PLTRELSZ:
   4294        1.1     skrll 	      s = elf_hash_table (info)->srelplt;
   4295        1.1     skrll 	      dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
   4296        1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   4297        1.1     skrll 	      break;
   4298        1.1     skrll 	    }
   4299        1.1     skrll 	}
   4300        1.1     skrll 
   4301        1.1     skrll       /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
   4302        1.1     skrll       if (splt->size > 0)
   4303        1.1     skrll 	{
   4304        1.1     skrll 	  const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *plt_info;
   4305        1.1     skrll 
   4306        1.1     skrll 	  plt_info = elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->plt_info;
   4307        1.1     skrll 	  memcpy (splt->contents, plt_info->plt0_entry, plt_info->size);
   4308        1.1     skrll 
   4309        1.1     skrll 	  elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, plt_info->plt0_relocs.got4,
   4310        1.1     skrll 				 (sgot->output_section->vma
   4311        1.1     skrll 				  + sgot->output_offset
   4312        1.1     skrll 				  + 4));
   4313        1.1     skrll 
   4314        1.1     skrll 	  elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, plt_info->plt0_relocs.got8,
   4315        1.1     skrll 				 (sgot->output_section->vma
   4316        1.1     skrll 				  + sgot->output_offset
   4317        1.1     skrll 				  + 8));
   4318        1.1     skrll 
   4319        1.1     skrll 	  elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
   4320        1.1     skrll 	    = plt_info->size;
   4321        1.1     skrll 	}
   4322        1.1     skrll     }
   4323        1.1     skrll 
   4324        1.1     skrll   /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table.  */
   4325        1.1     skrll   if (sgot->size > 0)
   4326        1.1     skrll     {
   4327        1.1     skrll       if (sdyn == NULL)
   4328        1.1     skrll 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
   4329        1.1     skrll       else
   4330        1.1     skrll 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   4331        1.1     skrll 		    sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
   4332        1.1     skrll 		    sgot->contents);
   4333        1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + 4);
   4334        1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + 8);
   4335        1.1     skrll     }
   4336        1.1     skrll 
   4337        1.1     skrll   elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
   4338        1.1     skrll 
   4339        1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   4340        1.1     skrll }
   4341        1.1     skrll 
   4342        1.1     skrll /* Given a .data section and a .emreloc in-memory section, store
   4343        1.1     skrll    relocation information into the .emreloc section which can be
   4344        1.1     skrll    used at runtime to relocate the section.  This is called by the
   4345        1.1     skrll    linker when the --embedded-relocs switch is used.  This is called
   4346        1.1     skrll    after the add_symbols entry point has been called for all the
   4347        1.1     skrll    objects, and before the final_link entry point is called.  */
   4348       1.10  christos 
   4349       1.10  christos bfd_boolean
   4350       1.10  christos bfd_m68k_elf32_create_embedded_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
   4351        1.1     skrll 				       asection *datasec, asection *relsec,
   4352        1.1     skrll 				       char **errmsg)
   4353        1.1     skrll {
   4354        1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   4355        1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
   4356        1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
   4357        1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
   4358        1.1     skrll   bfd_byte *p;
   4359        1.6  christos   bfd_size_type amt;
   4360        1.1     skrll 
   4361        1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (! bfd_link_relocatable (info));
   4362        1.1     skrll 
   4363        1.1     skrll   *errmsg = NULL;
   4364        1.1     skrll 
   4365        1.1     skrll   if (datasec->reloc_count == 0)
   4366        1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   4367        1.1     skrll 
   4368        1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
   4369        1.1     skrll 
   4370        1.4  christos   /* Get a copy of the native relocations.  */
   4371        1.1     skrll   internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
   4372        1.1     skrll 		     (abfd, datasec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
   4373        1.1     skrll 		      info->keep_memory));
   4374        1.1     skrll   if (internal_relocs == NULL)
   4375        1.1     skrll     goto error_return;
   4376        1.1     skrll 
   4377        1.1     skrll   amt = (bfd_size_type) datasec->reloc_count * 12;
   4378        1.1     skrll   relsec->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
   4379        1.1     skrll   if (relsec->contents == NULL)
   4380        1.1     skrll     goto error_return;
   4381        1.1     skrll 
   4382        1.1     skrll   p = relsec->contents;
   4383        1.1     skrll 
   4384        1.1     skrll   irelend = internal_relocs + datasec->reloc_count;
   4385        1.1     skrll   for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++, p += 12)
   4386        1.1     skrll     {
   4387        1.1     skrll       asection *targetsec;
   4388        1.1     skrll 
   4389        1.1     skrll       /* We are going to write a four byte longword into the runtime
   4390        1.1     skrll        reloc section.  The longword will be the address in the data
   4391        1.1     skrll        section which must be relocated.  It is followed by the name
   4392        1.1     skrll        of the target section NUL-padded or truncated to 8
   4393        1.1     skrll        characters.  */
   4394        1.1     skrll 
   4395        1.1     skrll       /* We can only relocate absolute longword relocs at run time.  */
   4396        1.1     skrll       if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_68K_32)
   4397        1.1     skrll 	{
   4398        1.1     skrll 	  *errmsg = _("unsupported reloc type");
   4399        1.1     skrll 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   4400        1.1     skrll 	  goto error_return;
   4401        1.1     skrll 	}
   4402        1.1     skrll 
   4403        1.1     skrll       /* Get the target section referred to by the reloc.  */
   4404        1.1     skrll       if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   4405        1.1     skrll 	{
   4406        1.1     skrll 	  /* A local symbol.  */
   4407        1.1     skrll 	  Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
   4408        1.1     skrll 
   4409        1.1     skrll 	  /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already.  */
   4410        1.1     skrll 	  if (isymbuf == NULL)
   4411        1.1     skrll 	    {
   4412        1.1     skrll 	      isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
   4413        1.1     skrll 	      if (isymbuf == NULL)
   4414        1.1     skrll 		isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
   4415        1.1     skrll 						symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
   4416        1.1     skrll 						NULL, NULL, NULL);
   4417        1.1     skrll 	      if (isymbuf == NULL)
   4418        1.1     skrll 		goto error_return;
   4419        1.1     skrll 	    }
   4420        1.1     skrll 
   4421        1.1     skrll 	  isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
   4422        1.1     skrll 	  targetsec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
   4423        1.1     skrll 	}
   4424        1.1     skrll       else
   4425        1.1     skrll 	{
   4426        1.1     skrll 	  unsigned long indx;
   4427        1.1     skrll 	  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   4428        1.1     skrll 
   4429        1.1     skrll 	  /* An external symbol.  */
   4430        1.1     skrll 	  indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   4431        1.1     skrll 	  h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
   4432        1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
   4433        1.1     skrll 	  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   4434        1.1     skrll 	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
   4435        1.1     skrll 	    targetsec = h->root.u.def.section;
   4436        1.1     skrll 	  else
   4437        1.1     skrll 	    targetsec = NULL;
   4438        1.1     skrll 	}
   4439        1.1     skrll 
   4440        1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (abfd, irel->r_offset + datasec->output_offset, p);
   4441        1.1     skrll       memset (p + 4, 0, 8);
   4442        1.1     skrll       if (targetsec != NULL)
   4443        1.1     skrll 	strncpy ((char *) p + 4, targetsec->output_section->name, 8);
   4444        1.1     skrll     }
   4445        1.1     skrll 
   4446        1.1     skrll   if (isymbuf != NULL && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
   4447        1.1     skrll     free (isymbuf);
   4448        1.1     skrll   if (internal_relocs != NULL
   4449        1.1     skrll       && elf_section_data (datasec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
   4450        1.1     skrll     free (internal_relocs);
   4451        1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   4452        1.1     skrll 
   4453        1.1     skrll error_return:
   4454        1.1     skrll   if (isymbuf != NULL && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
   4455        1.1     skrll     free (isymbuf);
   4456        1.1     skrll   if (internal_relocs != NULL
   4457        1.1     skrll       && elf_section_data (datasec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
   4458        1.1     skrll     free (internal_relocs);
   4459        1.1     skrll   return FALSE;
   4460        1.1     skrll }
   4461        1.1     skrll 
   4462        1.1     skrll /* Set target options.  */
   4463        1.1     skrll 
   4464        1.1     skrll void
   4465        1.1     skrll bfd_elf_m68k_set_target_options (struct bfd_link_info *info, int got_handling)
   4466        1.3  christos {
   4467        1.3  christos   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *htab;
   4468        1.3  christos   bfd_boolean use_neg_got_offsets_p;
   4469        1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean allow_multigot_p;
   4470        1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean local_gp_p;
   4471        1.1     skrll 
   4472        1.1     skrll   switch (got_handling)
   4473        1.1     skrll     {
   4474        1.3  christos     case 0:
   4475        1.3  christos       /* --got=single.  */
   4476        1.3  christos       local_gp_p = FALSE;
   4477        1.1     skrll       use_neg_got_offsets_p = FALSE;
   4478        1.1     skrll       allow_multigot_p = FALSE;
   4479        1.1     skrll       break;
   4480        1.1     skrll 
   4481        1.3  christos     case 1:
   4482        1.3  christos       /* --got=negative.  */
   4483        1.3  christos       local_gp_p = TRUE;
   4484        1.1     skrll       use_neg_got_offsets_p = TRUE;
   4485        1.1     skrll       allow_multigot_p = FALSE;
   4486        1.1     skrll       break;
   4487        1.1     skrll 
   4488        1.3  christos     case 2:
   4489        1.3  christos       /* --got=multigot.  */
   4490        1.3  christos       local_gp_p = TRUE;
   4491        1.1     skrll       use_neg_got_offsets_p = TRUE;
   4492        1.1     skrll       allow_multigot_p = TRUE;
   4493        1.1     skrll       break;
   4494        1.1     skrll 
   4495        1.3  christos     default:
   4496        1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
   4497        1.3  christos       return;
   4498        1.3  christos     }
   4499        1.3  christos 
   4500        1.3  christos   htab = elf_m68k_hash_table (info);
   4501        1.3  christos   if (htab != NULL)
   4502        1.3  christos     {
   4503        1.3  christos       htab->local_gp_p = local_gp_p;
   4504        1.1     skrll       htab->use_neg_got_offsets_p = use_neg_got_offsets_p;
   4505        1.1     skrll       htab->allow_multigot_p = allow_multigot_p;
   4506        1.1     skrll     }
   4507        1.1     skrll }
   4508        1.6  christos 
   4509        1.6  christos static enum elf_reloc_type_class
   4510        1.6  christos elf32_m68k_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   4511        1.1     skrll 			     const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   4512        1.1     skrll 			     const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
   4513        1.1     skrll {
   4514        1.1     skrll   switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
   4515        1.1     skrll     {
   4516        1.1     skrll     case R_68K_RELATIVE:
   4517        1.1     skrll       return reloc_class_relative;
   4518        1.1     skrll     case R_68K_JMP_SLOT:
   4519        1.1     skrll       return reloc_class_plt;
   4520        1.1     skrll     case R_68K_COPY:
   4521        1.1     skrll       return reloc_class_copy;
   4522        1.1     skrll     default:
   4523        1.1     skrll       return reloc_class_normal;
   4524        1.1     skrll     }
   4525        1.1     skrll }
   4526        1.1     skrll 
   4527        1.1     skrll /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
   4528        1.1     skrll    or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included.  */
   4529        1.1     skrll 
   4530        1.1     skrll static bfd_vma
   4531        1.1     skrll elf_m68k_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
   4532        1.1     skrll 		      const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4533        1.1     skrll {
   4534        1.1     skrll   return plt->vma + (i + 1) * elf_m68k_get_plt_info (plt->owner)->size;
   4535        1.4  christos }
   4536        1.4  christos 
   4537        1.4  christos /* Support for core dump NOTE sections.  */
   4538        1.4  christos 
   4539        1.4  christos static bfd_boolean
   4540        1.4  christos elf_m68k_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
   4541        1.4  christos {
   4542        1.4  christos   int offset;
   4543        1.4  christos   size_t size;
   4544        1.4  christos 
   4545        1.4  christos   switch (note->descsz)
   4546        1.4  christos     {
   4547        1.4  christos     default:
   4548        1.4  christos       return FALSE;
   4549        1.4  christos 
   4550        1.6  christos     case 154:		/* Linux/m68k */
   4551        1.4  christos       /* pr_cursig */
   4552        1.4  christos       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
   4553        1.6  christos 
   4554        1.4  christos       /* pr_pid */
   4555        1.4  christos       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 22);
   4556        1.4  christos 
   4557        1.4  christos       /* pr_reg */
   4558        1.4  christos       offset = 70;
   4559        1.4  christos       size = 80;
   4560        1.4  christos 
   4561        1.4  christos       break;
   4562        1.4  christos     }
   4563        1.4  christos 
   4564        1.4  christos   /* Make a ".reg/999" section.  */
   4565        1.4  christos   return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
   4566        1.4  christos 					  size, note->descpos + offset);
   4567        1.4  christos }
   4568        1.4  christos 
   4569        1.4  christos static bfd_boolean
   4570        1.4  christos elf_m68k_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
   4571        1.4  christos {
   4572        1.4  christos   switch (note->descsz)
   4573        1.4  christos     {
   4574        1.4  christos     default:
   4575        1.4  christos       return FALSE;
   4576        1.6  christos 
   4577        1.4  christos     case 124:		/* Linux/m68k elf_prpsinfo.  */
   4578        1.6  christos       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
   4579        1.4  christos 	= bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
   4580        1.6  christos       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
   4581        1.4  christos 	= _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
   4582        1.4  christos       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
   4583        1.4  christos 	= _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
   4584        1.4  christos     }
   4585        1.4  christos 
   4586        1.4  christos   /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
   4587        1.4  christos      onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
   4588        1.6  christos      implementations, so strip it off if it exists.  */
   4589        1.4  christos   {
   4590        1.4  christos     char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
   4591        1.4  christos     int n = strlen (command);
   4592        1.4  christos 
   4593        1.4  christos     if (n > 0 && command[n - 1] == ' ')
   4594        1.4  christos       command[n - 1] = '\0';
   4595        1.4  christos   }
   4596        1.4  christos 
   4597        1.4  christos   return TRUE;
   4598        1.6  christos }
   4599        1.6  christos 
   4600        1.6  christos /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
   4601        1.6  christos    file.  */
   4602        1.6  christos 
   4603        1.6  christos static bfd_boolean
   4604        1.6  christos elf_m68k_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
   4605        1.6  christos 			  struct bfd_link_info *info,
   4606        1.6  christos 			  Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
   4607        1.6  christos 			  const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   4608        1.6  christos 			  flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   4609        1.6  christos 			  asection **secp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   4610       1.10  christos 			  bfd_vma *valp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4611        1.6  christos {
   4612        1.6  christos   if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   4613       1.10  christos       && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) == 0
   4614        1.6  christos       && bfd_get_flavour (info->output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
   4615        1.6  christos     elf_tdata (info->output_bfd)->has_gnu_symbols |= elf_gnu_symbol_ifunc;
   4616        1.6  christos 
   4617        1.6  christos   return TRUE;
   4618        1.6  christos }
   4619        1.1     skrll 
   4620        1.1     skrll #define TARGET_BIG_SYM			m68k_elf32_vec
   4621        1.1     skrll #define TARGET_BIG_NAME			"elf32-m68k"
   4622        1.1     skrll #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE		EM_68K
   4623        1.1     skrll #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE			0x2000
   4624        1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
   4625        1.1     skrll 					_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections
   4626        1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
   4627        1.1     skrll 					elf_m68k_link_hash_table_create
   4628        1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_final_link	bfd_elf_final_link
   4629        1.1     skrll 
   4630        1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_check_relocs	elf_m68k_check_relocs
   4631        1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_always_size_sections \
   4632        1.1     skrll 					elf_m68k_always_size_sections
   4633        1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
   4634        1.1     skrll 					elf_m68k_adjust_dynamic_symbol
   4635        1.3  christos #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \
   4636        1.1     skrll 					elf_m68k_size_dynamic_sections
   4637        1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_final_write_processing	elf_m68k_final_write_processing
   4638        1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_init_index_section	_bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
   4639        1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_relocate_section	elf_m68k_relocate_section
   4640        1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
   4641        1.1     skrll 					elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol
   4642        1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
   4643        1.1     skrll 					elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections
   4644        1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook	elf_m68k_gc_mark_hook
   4645  1.10.12.1  pgoyette #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol elf_m68k_copy_indirect_symbol
   4646        1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
   4647  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 					elf32_m68k_merge_private_bfd_data
   4648        1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags \
   4649  1.10.12.1  pgoyette 					elf32_m68k_set_private_flags
   4650        1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_print_private_bfd_data \
   4651        1.1     skrll 					elf32_m68k_print_private_bfd_data
   4652        1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class	elf32_m68k_reloc_type_class
   4653        1.4  christos #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val		elf_m68k_plt_sym_val
   4654        1.4  christos #define elf_backend_object_p		elf32_m68k_object_p
   4655        1.6  christos #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus	elf_m68k_grok_prstatus
   4656        1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo		elf_m68k_grok_psinfo
   4657        1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook	elf_m68k_add_symbol_hook
   4658        1.1     skrll 
   4659        1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
   4660        1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
   4661        1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
   4662        1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
   4663        1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
   4664  1.10.12.1  pgoyette #define elf_backend_got_header_size	12
   4665  1.10.12.1  pgoyette #define elf_backend_rela_normal		1
   4666  1.10.12.1  pgoyette #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt	1
   4667        1.1     skrll 
   4668        1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16	TRUE
   4669                      
   4670                      #include "elf32-target.h"
   4671